cisco session border controller commands · cisco 7600 series routers session border controller...

C H A P T E R

39-1Cisco 7600 Series Routers Session Border Controller Configuration Guide

OL-13499-04

39Cisco Session Border Controller Commands

Command ReferenceThis section describes the following session border controller (SBC) and data border element (DBE) commands:

• account, page 39-12

• action (CAC), page 39-13

• action drop-msg, page 39-14

• action (NA), page 39-15

• action (RTG), page 39-16

• action (SDP), page 39-18

• action (SIP), page 39-19

• action (parameter), page 39-21

• activate (dbe, sbe), page 39-23

• activate (billing), page 39-24

• activate (radius), page 39-26

• active-cac-policy-set, page 39-27

• active-call-policy-set, page 39-28

• address-default, page 39-29

• address ipv4, page 39-31

• adjacency, page 39-32

• adjacency timeout, page 39-33

• alias, page 39-34

• allow private info, page 39-35

• attach (adjacency), page 39-36

• attach (billing), page 39-37

• attach-controllers, page 39-39

• authentication, page 39-40

• authentication endpoint, page 39-41


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands Command Reference

• authentication-key, page 39-42

• authentication mode, page 39-43

• authentication nonce timeout, page 39-44

• authentication-realm, page 39-45

• averaging-period, page 39-46

• batch-size, page 39-47

• batch-time, page 39-49

• billing, page 39-51

• blacklist (sbe), page 39-53

• blacklist (sip-opt), page 39-56

• cache-lifetime, page 39-57

• cache-limit, page 39-58

• cac-policy-set, page 39-59

• cac-table, page 39-60

• callee-codec-list, page 39-61

• callee-hold-setting, page 39-62

• callee-inbound-policy, page 39-64

• callee-outbound-policy, page 39-65

• callee-privacy, page 39-66

• callee-sig-qos-profile, page 39-67

• callee-video-qos-profile, page 39-68

• callee-voice-qos-profile, page 39-70

• caller-codec-list, page 39-72

• caller-hold-setting, page 39-73

• caller-inbound-policy, page 39-75

• caller-outbound-policy, page 39-76

• caller-privacy, page 39-77

• caller-sig-qos-profile, page 39-79

• caller-video-qos-profile, page 39-81

• caller-voice-qos-profile, page 39-83

• call-policy-set, page 39-85

• category, page 39-86

• clear services sbc, page 39-87

• clear services sbc sbe blacklist, page 39-88

• clear services sbc blacklist all, page 39-89

• clear services sbc sbe blacklist all, page 39-90

• clear services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4, page 39-91

• clear services sbc dbe media-stats, page 39-92


OL-13499-04


• clear services sbc sbe cac-rejection-stats, page 39-93

• clear services sbc sbe call, page 39-94

• clear services sbc sbe call-rejection-stats, page 39-96

• clear services sbc sbe call-stats, page 39-97

• clear services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats, page 39-98

• clear services sbc sbe policy-rejection-stats, page 39-99

• clear services sbc sbe radius-client, page 39-100

• clear services sbc sbe radius-client-stats, page 39-101

• clear services sbc sbe statistics, page 39-102

• codec, page 39-103

• codec-list, page 39-104

• codec-list description, page 39-105

• codec packetization-period, page 39-106

• codec-restrict-to-list, page 39-108

• codecs, page 39-110

• complete, page 39-111

• concurrent-requests, page 39-112

• condition, page 39-113

• congestion-cleared, page 39-114

• congestion-threshold, page 39-115

• control address aaa, page 39-116

• control address h248 index, page 39-117

• control-address h248 ipv4, page 39-118

• control address h248 port, page 39-119

• control address h248 transport, page 39-120

• controller h248, page 39-121

• copy logs, page 39-122

• cost, page 39-123

• dbe, page 39-124

• dbe-location-id, page 39-125

• deact-mode abort, page 39-126

• deact-mode (billing), page 39-127

• deact-mode normal, page 39-129

• deact-mode quiesce, page 39-130

• deact-mode (dbe, sbe), page 39-131

• debug services sbc errors, page 39-133

• debug services sbc events, page 39-135

• debug services sbc ha, page 39-137


OL-13499-04


• debug services sbc info, page 39-139

• debug services sbc ips, page 39-141

• debug services sbc logging, page 39-143

• debug services sbc mem-trace dump, page 39-145

• debug services sbc off, page 39-147

• debug services sbc pd filter component, page 39-148

• debug services sbc pd filter context, page 39-150

• debug services sbc pd filter product, page 39-152

• debug services sbc pd log-level, page 39-154

• debug services sbc rsrcmon, page 39-156

• default-port-limit, page 39-158

• description, page 39-160

• description (sip-opt), page 39-163

• dscp, page 39-164

• dst-adjacency, page 39-166

• dtmf-duration, page 39-167

• early-media-deny, page 39-168

• early-media-timeout, page 39-169

• early-media-type, page 39-170

• edit, page 39-171

• edit-cic, page 39-173

• edit-src, page 39-175

• entry (profile), page 39-177

• entry (table), page 39-179

• fast-register disable, page 39-181

• fast-register-interval, page 39-182

• first-cac-prefix-len, page 39-184

• first-cac-scope, page 39-185

• first-cac-table, page 39-187

• first-call-routing-table, page 39-188

• first-number-analysis-table, page 39-189

• first-reg-routing-table, page 39-190

• force-signaling-peer, page 39-191

• global, page 39-192

• group, page 39-193

• h225 timeout, page 39-194

• h245-address-pass, page 39-196

• h245-tunnel disable, page 39-197


OL-13499-04


• h248 allow-all-mg, page 39-198

• h248-profile, page 39-199

• h248-profile-version, page 39-201

• h248-version, page 39-203

• h323, page 39-204

• header, page 39-205

• header-profile, page 39-206

• hold-media-timeout, page 39-207

• hunting-trigger, page 39-208

• inherit profile, page 39-210

• invite-timeout, page 39-212

• ip host, page 39-213

• ip precedence, page 39-214

• ip TOS, page 39-215

• ipv4 (blacklist), page 39-217

• ipv4 (SBE H.248), page 39-219

• key, page 39-220

• ldr-check, page 39-221

• local-address ipv4 (packet-cable), page 39-223

• local-address ipv4, page 39-225

• local-id host, page 39-227

• local-port, page 39-228

• location-id, page 39-229

• mandatory-transport, page 39-230

• map-status-code, page 39-231

• marking, page 39-232

• match-account, page 39-233

• match-address, page 39-234

• match-adjacency, page 39-235

• match-category, page 39-236

• match-cic, page 39-237

• match-domain, page 39-239

• match-number, page 39-241

• match-prefix, page 39-242

• match-prefix len, page 39-244

• match-type, page 39-245

• match-string, page 39-247

• match-table, page 39-248


OL-13499-04


• match-time, page 39-249

• match-value, page 39-251

• max-bandwidth, page 39-254

• max-call-rate, page 39-256

• max-channels, page 39-258

• max-in-call-rate, page 39-260

• max-num-calls, page 39-262

• max-out-call-rate, page 39-264

• max-regs, page 39-266

• max-regs-rate, page 39-268

• max-updates, page 39-270

• media-address ipv4, page 39-272

• media-address ipv4 port-range, page 39-274

• media-address ipv4 vrf port-range, page 39-276

• media-address pool ipv4, page 39-278

• media-address pool ipv4 port-range, page 39-279

• media-address pool ipv4 vrf, page 39-281

• media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range, page 39-282

• media-bypass, page 39-285

• media-bypass-forbid, page 39-286

• media-gateway, page 39-287

• media-late-to-early-iw, page 39-288

• media-timeout, page 39-289

• method, page 39-290

• method packetcable-em, page 39-291

• na-dst-number-table, page 39-292

• na-dst-number-attr-table, page 39-294

• na-dst-prefix-table, page 39-296

• na-src-account-table, page 39-297

• na-src-adjacency-table, page 39-298

• nat, page 39-300

• network-id, page 39-301

• option, page 39-302

• option-profile, page 39-303

• outbound-flood-rate, page 39-304

• overload-time-threshold, page 39-305

• packetcable-em transport radius, page 39-306

• parameter, page 39-308


OL-13499-04


• parameter-profile, page 39-309

• pass-body, page 39-310

• passthrough, page 39-311

• ping-enable, page 39-312

• ping-fail-count, page 39-313

• ping-interval, page 39-315

• ping-lifetime, page 39-316

• port (server), page 39-317

• port (SBE H.248), page 39-318

• preferred-transport, page 39-319

• precedence, page 39-320

• prefix, page 39-321

• priority, page 39-322

• priority (rsrc-pri), page 39-323

• privacy restrict outbound, page 39-324

• qos sig, page 39-325

• qos video, page 39-326

• qos voice, page 39-327

• radius, page 39-328

• range value, page 39-330

• ras retry, page 39-331

• ras rrq, page 39-333

• ras timeout, page 39-335

• reason, page 39-337

• record-media-create-info, page 39-339

• redirect-limit, page 39-341

• redirect-mode, page 39-342

• registration rewrite-register, page 39-343

• registration target address, page 39-344

• registration target port, page 39-345

• reg-min-expiry, page 39-346

• remote-address ipv4, page 39-347

• remote-port, page 39-349

• resource-priority, page 39-350

• resource-priority-set, page 39-351

• retry-interval, page 39-352

• retry-limit (radius), page 39-353

• retry-limit (routing table), page 39-354


OL-13499-04


• rtg-carrier-id-table, page 39-355

• rtg-category-table, page 39-357

• rtg-dst-address-table, page 39-359

• rtg-dst-domain-table, page 39-361

• rtg-least-cost-table, page 39-363

• rtg-round-robin-table, page 39-365

• rtg-src-account-table, page 39-367

• rtg-src-address-table, page 39-369

• rtg-src-adjacency-table, page 39-371

• rtg-src-domain-table, page 39-372

• rtg-time-table, page 39-374

• sbc, page 39-376

• sbe, page 39-377

• sdp-attribute-table, page 39-378

• sdp-match-table, page 39-379

• sdp origin-user-name, page 39-380

• sdp-policy-table, page 39-381

• secure-media, page 39-382

• server, page 39-383

• server, page 39-383

• server mode, page 39-384

• server-retry disable, page 39-385

• service sbc sbe call-destroy, page 39-386

• service sbc sbe radius accounting, page 39-387

• show services sbc dbe addresses, page 39-388

• show services sbc dbe controllers, page 39-389

• show services sbc dbe h248-profile, page 39-391

• show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats, page 39-392

• show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf, page 39-394

• show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4, page 39-396

• show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port, page 39-398

• show services sbc dbe media-stats, page 39-400

• show services sbc dbe signaling-flow-stats, page 39-402

• show services sbc rsrcmon, page 39-404

• show services sbc sbe aaa, page 39-406

• show services sbc sbe addresses, page 39-407

• show services sbc sbe adjacencies, page 39-408

• show services sbc sbe adjacencies detail, page 39-409


OL-13499-04


• show services sbc sbe adjacencies authentication-realms, page 39-411

• show services sbc sbe all-authentication-realms, page 39-412

• services sbc sbe billing instance, page 39-413

• services sbc sbe billing instances, page 39-414

• show services sbc sbe billing remote, page 39-415

• show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits, page 39-416

• show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting, page 39-418

• show services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4, page 39-420

• show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set, page 39-422

• show services sbc sbe cac-policy-sets, page 39-424

• show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set tables, page 39-425

• show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entries, page 39-426

• show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entry, page 39-427

• show services sbc sbe call branches, page 39-429

• show services sbc sbe call-policy-set, page 39-430

• show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entry, page 39-440

• show services sbc sbe call-rate-stats, page 39-441

• show services sbc sbe calls, page 39-442

• show services sbc sbe call-stats, page 39-443

• show services sbc sbe codec-list, page 39-446

• show services sbc sbe gates, page 39-447

• show services sbc sbe h323 timers, page 39-448

• show services sbc sbe hold-media-timeout, page 39-450

• show services sbc sbe hunting-trigger, page 39-451

• show services sbc sbe media-gateway-associations, page 39-452

• show services sbc sbe media-gateways, page 39-453

• show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account, page 39-456

• show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency, page 39-458

• show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account, page 39-460

• show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency, page 39-462

• show services sbc sbe qos-profiles, page 39-464

• show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting acounting, page 39-466

• show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting authentication, page 39-467

• show services sbc sbe radius-client-stats, page 39-468

• show services sbc sbe radius-server-stats, page 39-469

• show services sbc sbe redirect-limit, page 39-471

• show services sbc sbe resource-priority-sets, page 39-472

• show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mapping, page 39-473


OL-13499-04


• show services sbc sbe sdp-match-table, page 39-475

• show services sbc sbe sdp-policy-table, page 39-476

• show services sbc sbe sip essential-headers, page 39-477

• show services sbc sbe sip essential-methods, page 39-478

• show services sbc sbe sip essential-options, page 39-479

• show services sbc sbe sip fast-register-stats, page 39-480

• show services sbc sbe sip header-profile, page 39-481

• show services sbc sbe sip header-profiles, page 39-482

• show services sbc sbe sip method-profile, page 39-483

• show services sbc sbe sip method-profiles, page 39-484

• show services sbc sbe sip option-profile, page 39-485

• show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats, page 39-486

• show services sbc sbe sip option-profiles, page 39-488

• show services sbc sbe sip parameter-profile access-param

• show services sbc sbc sbe sip parameter-profile, page 39-489

• show services sbc sbe sip timers, page 39-492

• show services sbc services, page 39-493

• signaling-address ipv4, page 39-494

• signaling-peer, page 39-496

• signaling-peer-port, page 39-498

• signaling-port, page 39-499

• sip, page 39-500

• sip dns, page 39-501

• sip encryption key, page 39-502

• sip header-profile, page 39-503

• sip home network identifier, page 39-504

• sip hunting-trigger, page 39-505

• sipi, page 39-506

• sip inherit profile, page 39-507

• sip max-connections, page 39-509

• sip method-profile, page 39-510

• sip option-profile, page 39-511

• sip parameter-profile, page 39-513

• sip ping-support, page 39-514

• sip visited network identifier, page 39-516

• snmp-server enable traps sbc, page 39-517

• statistics-setting, page 39-518

• tcp (blacklist), page 39-519


OL-13499-04


• tcp-connect-timeout, page 39-520

• tcp-idle-timeout, page 39-521

• tech-prefix, page 39-522

• time-offset, page 39-523

• timeout, page 39-524

• transcode-deny, page 39-526

• transcoder, page 39-527

• transport (SBE H.248), page 39-528

• transport tcp, page 39-529

• transport udp, page 39-530

• trigger-period, page 39-531

• trigger-size, page 39-533

• udp (blacklist), page 39-535

• udp-first-retransmit-interval, page 39-536

• udp-max-retransmit-interval, page 39-537

• udp-response-linger-period, page 39-538

• unexpected-source-alerting, page 39-539

• use-any-local-port, page 39-540

• use-time-offset, page 39-541

• vdbe, page 39-542

• vpn, page 39-543

• vrf, page 39-545

• weight, page 39-546


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands account

accountTo define a SIP or H.323 adjacency account on an SBE, use the account command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this definition, use the no form of this command.

account account-name

no account account-name

Syntax Description

Command Default No account name is associated with the adjacency.

Command Modes Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)

Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)

Command History

Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.

Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to account isp42:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# account isp42

The following example shows how to configure the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to account isp42:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# account isp42

Related Commands

account-name Specifies the SBE account name.

Release Modification

Release 3.0.00 This command was introduced on the Cisco 7600 series routers.

Command Description

adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (CAC)

action (CAC)To specify the action to take if this routing entry is chosen, use the action command in the CAC table entry configuration mode.

action [cac-complete | next-table goto-table-name ]

no action [cac-complete | next-table goto-table-name ]

Syntax Description

Command Default No default behavior or values

Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the next table to process for the entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# first-cac-scope callhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable match-type src-accounthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# action cac-complete

Related Commands

cac-complete When an event matches, this CAC policy is complete.

next-table Specifies the name of the next CAC table. The maximum number of characters is 80.

goto-table-name Specifies the table name identifying the next CAC table to process (or cac-complete, if processing should stop).



Command Description

action (NA-) Configures the action to perform after an entry in an admission control table.

action (RTG-SRC) Configures the action to take if a routing entry is chosen.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action drop-msg

action drop-msgTo add an action of dropping the message to a SIP message profile, use the action drop-msg command in SIP header-profile configuration mode. To remove the method from the profile, use the no form of this command.

action drop-msg

no action drop-msg

Syntax Description This command has no arguments or keywords.


Command Modes SIP header configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)

Command History

Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The “Examples” section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.

Examples The following example shows action of dropping the message to a SIP message profile to the header profile MyProfile:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile MyProfilehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# action drop-msg

Related Commands



Command Description

sip header-profile Configures a header profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (NA)

action (NA)To configure the action of an entry in the number analysis table with entries of the table matching a dialed number (prefix or whole number) or the source adjacency or account, use the action (NA-) command in the number analysis table configuration mode. To deconfigure the action, use the no form of this command.

action [next-table goto-table-name | accept | reject]

no action [next-table goto-table-name | accept | reject]

Syntax Description


Command Modes Number analysis table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the call to be accepted if it matches the source adjacency entry in the new number analysis table MyNaTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-src-adjacency-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# action accept

Related Commands

next-table goto-table-name

Specifies the next number analysis table to process, if the event matches this

entry.

accept Configures the call to be accepted if it matches the entry in the table.

reject Configures the call to be rejected if it matches the entry in the table.



Command Description

action (NA-) Configures the action of an entry in the number analysis table with entries of the table matching a dialed number (prefix or whole number) or the source adjacency or account.

action (CAC) Configures the action to perform after an entry in an admission control table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (RTG)

action (RTG)To specify the action to take if this routing entry is chosen, use the action command in the RTG routing table configuration mode.

action [next-table goto-table-name | complete | reject ]

no action [next-table goto-table-name | complete | reject ]

Syntax Description


Command Modes RTG routing table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the match-value of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable so that if any calls match this criterion, they are rejected.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-account-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-account 1471host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# action reject

The following example shows how to configure the match-value of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable so that if any calls match this criterion, they are rejected.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-round-robin-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-address 1471

next-table goto-table-name

Specifies the next number analysis table to process, if the event matches this

entry.

complete Routing is complete when an entry matches this policy.

reject Configures the call to be rejected if it matches the entry in the table.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (RTG)

host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# action reject

The following example shows how to configure the match-value of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable so that if any calls match this criterion, they are rejected.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-address-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-address 1471host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# action complete

Related Commands Command Description

action (NA) Configures the action of an entry in the number analysis table with entries of the table matching a dialed number (prefix or whole number) or the source adjacency or account.

action (CAC) Configures the action to perform after an entry in an admission control table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (SDP)

action (SDP)To configure an SDP policy table action, use the action command in the SDP attribute table configuration mode. To remove the method from the profile, use the no form of this command.

action {whitelist | blacklist)

no action {whitelist | blacklist}

Syntax Description


Command Modes SDP attribute table configuration (config-sbc-sbe- sdpmatchtable-sdpattributetable)

Command History


Examples The following example shows the action of dropping the message to a SIP message profile to the header profile MyProfile:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp-match-table 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sdp-match-tbl)# action blacklist

Related Commands

whitelist Allows the defined set of attributes and blocks the rest.

blacklist Blocks the defined set of attributes and allows the rest.



Command Description

match-string Configures an SDP attribute matching string.

sdp-attribute-table Configures an SDP attribute table that lists the attributes to add or remove.

sdp-match-table Creates an SDP match table.

sdp-policy-table Configures an SDP policy table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (SIP)

action (SIP)To configure the action to take on an element type in a header or parameter profile, use the action command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove an action from the element type, use the no form of this command.

action {add-first-header| add-header | as-profile | drop-msg | pass | replace-name | replace-value | strip}

no action {add-first-header| add-header | as-profile | drop-msg | pass | replace-name | replace-value | strip}

Syntax Description

Command Default The default body action is strip.

The default parameter action is strip.

The default header action is strip.

Command Modes SBE header profile header configuration

SBE parameter profile parameter configuration

Command History


If a configuration is loaded on top of an active configuration, warnings are generated to notify that the configuration cannot be modified. If you must modify the entire configuration by loading a new one, please remove the existing configuration first.

add-first-header Adds the first occurrence of a header (no action if a header exists).

add-header Adds a header whether on not one already exists.

as-profile Selects default profile action (whilelist/blacklist).

drop-msg Drops the message.

pass Passes on the header.

replace-name Replaces the header name.

replace-value Replaces the header content (value).

strip Unconditionally strips the matched body, header, or parameter element.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (SIP)

Examples The following example shows how to set the action for parameter element type user in parameter profile paramprof1 to add-not-present:

host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip parameter-profile paramprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm)# parameter userhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm-ele)# action add-not-present value phone

The following example shows how to set the action for header element type To in parameter profile headerprof1 to as-profile:

host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile headerprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# header Tohost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)# action as-profile


header Configures a header element in a header profile.

parameter-profile Configures aparameter element in a parameter profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (parameter)

action (parameter)To configure the action to take on a parameter, use the action command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove an action from the element type, use the no form of this command.

action {add-not-present [value] {private-ip-address | public-ip-address | access-user-data}| add-or-replace [value] {private-ip-address | public-ip-address | access-user-data}| strip}

no action {add-not-present [value] {private-ip-address | public-ip-address | access-user-data}| add-or-replace [value] {private-ip-address | public-ip-address | access-user-data}| strip}

Syntax Description

Command Default The default parameter action is strip.

The default header action is strip.

Command Modes SBE header profile header configuration

SBE parameter profile parameter configuration(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm-ele)

Command History



Examples The following example shows how to set the action for parameter element type user in parameter profile paramprof1 to add-not-present:

host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip parameter-profile paramprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm)# parameter user

add-not-present Adds the parameter if it is not present.

value The value of the parameter to be added or replaced.

add-or-replace Adds the parameter if it is not present or replace the paramter if it is present.

private-ip-address Update parameter as private IP address.

public-ip-address Update parameter as public IP address.

access-user-data Update parameter as access user data.

strip Strips out the parameter if it is present.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands action (parameter)

host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm-ele)# action add-not-present value phone

The following example shows how to set the action for header element type To in parameter profile headerprof1 to as-profile:

host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile headerprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# header Tohost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)# action as-profile


header Configures a header element in a header profile.

parameter Configures aparameter element in a parameter profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands activate (dbe, sbe)

activate (dbe, sbe)To initiate the Session Border Controller (SBC) service when all SBE or data border element (DBE) address configuration have been successfully committed, use the activate command in the appropriate configuration mode. To deactivate the SBE service of the SBC, use the no form of this command.

activate

no activate


Command Default Default is the no form of the command.

Command Modes DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)

SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)

Command History


The command is not completed even when the CLI returns; there is an asynchronous process (activation or deactivation) going on and the new instruction is not actioned until the last one completes.

Examples The following example shows how to activate the DBE on the service mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurhost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin (config-sbc-dbe)# activate

The following example shows how to activate the SBE on the service mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe)# activate

Related Commands



Release 3.0.00 SBE support added.

Command Description

deact-mode Indicates how to implement the deactivation of an SBE.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands activate (billing)

activate (billing)To activate billing when it is configured, use the activate command in SBE billing configuration mode.

activate


Command Default By default, billing is not activated.

Command Modes SBE billing configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing)

Command History



You can activate billing only after the RADIUS configuration has been activated.

Examples The following example shows how to activate the billing functionality after configuration is committed:

host1/Admin/Admin# configurehost1/Admin/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billinghost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# activate

Related Commands



Command Description

billing Configures billing.

ldr-check Configures the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR).

local-address ipv4 Configures the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR.

method packetcable-em

Enables the packet-cable billing method.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands activate (billing)

packetcable-em transport radius

Configures a packet-cable billing instance.

show services sbc sbe billing remote

Displays the local and billing configurations.

Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands activate (radius)

activate (radius)To activate the RADIUS client, use the activate command in the appropriate configuration mode. To disable this command, use the no form of this command.

activate

no activate



Command Modes Server accounting (config-sbc-sbe-acc)

Server authentication (config-sbc-sbe-auth)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to activate the RADIUS client.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc uut105-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting SBC1-account-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# activate

Related Commands



retry-interval Sets the retry interval to connect to the RADIUS server.

retry-limit Sets the retry interval to the RADIUS server.

concurrent-requests Sets the maximum number of concurrent requests to the RADIUS server.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands active-cac-policy-set

active-cac-policy-setTo set the active CAC-policy-set within an SBE entity, use the active-cac-policy-set command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the active policy set, leaving the SBE with no active policy set, use the no form of this command.

active-cac-policy-set policy-set-id

no active-cac-policy-set policy-set-id

Syntax Description


Command Modes SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to activate policy set 1 on mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe)# active-cac-policy-set 1

Related Commands

policy-set-id Integer identifying the policy set that should be made active. Range is 1 to 2147483647.



Command Description

active-call-policy Sets the active routing policy set within an SBE entity.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands active-call-policy-set

active-call-policy-setTo set the active routing policy set within an SBE entity, use the active-call-policy-set command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the active routing policy set, leaving the SBE with no active routing policy set, use the no form of this command.

active-call-policy-set policy-set-id

no active-call-policy-set

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines If another policy set was previously active, it is made inactive by executing this command. The SBE is created with no active routing policy set; an active routing policy set must be explicitly configured using this command.

To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.

Examples The following example shows how to activate policy set 1 on mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe)# active-call-policy-set 1

Related Commands

policy-set-id Integer that identifies the policy set that should be made active. Range is 1 to 2147483647.



Command Description

active-cac-policy-set Sets the active CAC-policy-set within an SBE entity.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands address-default

address-defaultTo enter the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN, use the blacklist command in the SBE blacklist configuration mode. To set the values for the VPN to the same as global addresses, use the no form of this command.

address-default

no address-default


Command Default Event limits are set to the same value for all VPNs.

Command Modes SBE blacklist configuration (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the address-default command is used to enter the mode for configuring the default event limits for all addresses:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# address-default

VRF-name is optional for the blacklist. However, if a VRF-name is entered, a vpn token is required as shown in the following example:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# address-default ? <cr> Carriage return. host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# address-default host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-addr-default)# exit host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# vpn vpnname host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn)# address-default ? <cr> Carriage return. host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn)# address-default host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn-addr-default)#




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands address-default


reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source.

timeout Defines the length of time that packets from the source are blocked, should the limit be exceeded.

trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered.

trigger-size Defines the number of the specified events from the specified source that are allowed before the blacklisting is triggered, and blocks all packets from the source.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands address ipv4

address ipv4To configure the address of the RADIUS server, use the address command in command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the active accounting server address, use the no form of this command.

address ipv4 A.B.C.D.

no address ipv4 A.B.C.D.

Syntax Description


Command Modes Server accounting (config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)

Command History

Usage Guidelines Any number of accounting servers can be specified. Call Detail Reports are sent to the accounting server with the highest priority upon call termination.


Examples The following command configures accounting servers castor and pollux on mySbc for Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service (RADIUS) client instance radius1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting radius1(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server castor(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# address ipv4 10.0.0.1(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exit(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server pollux(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# address pollux(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exit

Related Commands

A.B.C.D. IP address of the RADIUS server.



Command Description

radius Configures a RADIUS client for accounting or authentication purposes.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands adjacency

adjacencyTo configure an adjacency for a Session Border Controller (SBC) service, use the adjacency command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the adjacency, use the no form of this command.

adjacency {sip | h323} adjacency-name

no adjacency {sip | h323} adjacency-name

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section below shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.

Examples The following example shows how the adjacency command configures a SIP adjacency named sipGW.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip sipGWhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)#

The following example shows how the adjacency command configures an H.323 adjacency named H323ToIsp42.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 H323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)#

Related Commands

sip Enters the mode of an SBE SIP adjacency.

h323 Enters the mode of an SBE H.323 adjacency.

adjacency-name Specifies the name of the SBE SIP or H.323 adjacency.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe adjacencies Displays all adjacencies.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands adjacency timeout

adjacency timeoutTo configure the adjacency retry timeout interval, use the adjacency timeout command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

adjacency timeout value

no adjacency timeout value

Syntax Description

Command Default The default value is 30 seconds.

Command Modes Adjacency H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)

H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-h323)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the adjacency timeout command configures adjacency retry timeout in adjacency H.323 configuration mode:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# adjacency timeout 10000

The following example shows how the adjacency timeout command configures adjacency retry timeout in H.323 configuration mode.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# adjacency timeout 10000

Related Commands

value Specifies the timeout period in milliseconds. Valid values are from 10000 to 30000. The default value is 30 seconds.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands alias

aliasTo configure the endpoint alias of an H.323 adjacency, use the alias command in adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

alias alias-name

no alias

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 endpoint alias to end1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# alias end1

Related Commands

alias-name Specifies the alias of the H.323 adjacency endpoint.



Command Description

attach-controller Configures a DBE to attach to a controller.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands allow private info

allow private infoTo configure an H.323 adjacency to allow private information on messages sent out by the adjacency, use the allow private info command in the adjacencyH.323 configuration mode. To disallow private information on messages sent out by the adjacency, use the no form of this command.

allow private info

no allow private info




Command History


Please note that if you configure the H.323 adjacency to allow private information, then it will allow private information on messages even if the CAC policy is configured to apply privacy service or the user requests privacy service.

Examples The following example shows how the allow private info command is used to configure an H.323 adjacency to allow private information on messages sent by the adjacency.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323ToIsp422host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# allow private info

Related Commands



Command Description

privacy restrict outbound

Configures an H.323 adjacency to apply privacy restriction on outbound messages if the user requests it.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands attach (adjacency)

attach (adjacency)To attach an adjacency to an account on an SBE, use the attach command in the appropriate configuration mode. To detach the adjacency from an account on an SBE, use the no form of this command.

attach force [abort | normal]

no attach force [abort | normal]

Syntax Description



Adjacency SIP configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)

Command History


Use the force argument to tear all SBE calls down.

Examples The following example shows how to attach the H.323 adjacency to h323ToIsp42:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# attach

Related Commands

force Executes a forced detach.

abort Tears down calls without signaling an end.

normal Tears down calls gracefully.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands attach (billing)

attach (billing)To activate the billing for a RADIUS client, use the attach command in packetcable-em configuration mode. To disable the billing for a RADIUS client, use the no form of this command.

attach

no attach


Command Default No default behavior or values.

Command Modes Packet-cable em configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to activate the billingfunctionality for a RADIUS client:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing (config-sbc-sbe-billing)# method packetcable-em(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# packetcable-em 4 transport radius test(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-size 256(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-time 22(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# attach

Related Commands



Command Description

activate (radius) Activates the billing functionality after configuration is committed.

attach Activates the billing for a RADIUS client.

batch-size Configures the batching or grouping of RADIUS messages sent to a RADIUS server.

batch-time Configures the maximum number of milliseconds for which any record is held in the batch before the batch is sent.

deact-mode Configures the deactivate mode for the billing method.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands attach (billing)



local-address ipv4 (packet-cable)

Configures the local address of the packet-cable billing instance.







Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands attach-controllers

attach-controllersTo configure a DBE to attach to an H.248 controller, use the attach-controllers command in VDBE configuration mode. To detach the DBE from its controller, use the no form of this command.

attach-controllers

no attach-controllers


Command Default The default is that no controllers are attached.

Command Modes VDBE configuration mode (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)

Command History

Usage Guidelines The attachment and detachment of the DBE from its controller does not always complete immediately. To view the current attachment status, use the show sbc dbe controllers command.

Examples In a configuration where the DBE has been created and controllers have been configured, the following example shows how to attach the DBE to a controller in VDBE configuration mode:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# attach-controllers

Related Commands



Command Description

vdbe Configures a virtual data border element (vDBE) and enters the VDBE configuration mode.

show sbc dbe controllers Lists the media gateway controllers configured on each vDBE and its controller address.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands authentication

authenticationTo configure the H.323 adjacency authentication, use the authentication command in the adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To deconfigure the H.323 adjacency authentication mode, use the no form of this command.

authentication auth-type

no authentication

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines This command causes the SBC to authenticate itself with a Gatekeeper. The gatekeeper is responsible for performing the endpoint authentication.


Examples The following command sets H.323 adjacency "h323ToIsp42" to use endpoint authentication.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# isp42 adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# authentication endpointhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# exit

Related Commands

auth-type The authentication type; currently this can only be endpoint.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands authentication endpoint

authentication endpointTo configure the H.323 adjacency to use endpoint authentication, use the authentication endpoint command in Adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

authentication endpoint

no authentication endpoint


Command Default By default, no authentication procedures are performed.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to use endpoint authentication:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# authentication endpoint

Related Commands



Command Description

sipi Configures the H.323 adjacency authentication key.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands authentication-key

authentication-keyTo configure the H.323 adjacency authentication key, use the authentication-key command in adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To deconfigure the H.323 adjacency authentication key, use the no form of this command.

authentication-key key

no authentication-key

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to use authentication key FG56KJ:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# authentication-key FG56KJ

Related Commands

key Specifies the authentication key. (This is valid only when authentication is turned on.)



Command Description

authentication endpoint Configures an H.323 adjacency to use endpoint authentication.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands authentication mode

authentication modeTo configure the authentication mode for a SIP adjacency, use the authentication mode command in the adjacency SIP configurationmode. To deconfigure the authentication mode, use the no form of this command.

authentication mode {local | remote}

no authentication mode {local | remote}

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the authentication mode command is used to configure the SIP adjacency for local authentication:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# authentication mode local

Related Commands

local Configures the SIP adjacency for local authentication.

remote Configures the SIP adjacency for remote authentication.



Command Description

authentication nonce timeout

Configures the authentication nonce timeout for a SIP adjacency.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands authentication nonce timeout

authentication nonce timeoutTo configure the authentication nonce timeout for a SIP adjacency, use the authentication nonce timeout command in the adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the authentication nonce timeout, use the no form of this command.

authentication nonce timeout value

no authentication nonce timeout

Syntax Description

Command Default The default timeout value is 300 seconds.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how the authentication nonce timeout command is used to configure the authentication nonce timeout in seconds for a SIP adjacency:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# authentication nonce timeout 10

Related Commands

value Specifies the timeout value in seconds. The range of values is 0 to 65535.



Command Description

authentication mode Configures the authentication mode for a SIP adjacency.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands authentication-realm

authentication-realmTo configure a set of authentication credentials for a specified domain on the specified SIP adjacency, use the authentication-realm command in SIP adjacency configuration mode. To deconfigure the authentication realm on the specified adjacency, use the no form of this command.

authentication-realm {inbound domain | outbound domain username password}

no authentication-realm {inbound domain | outbound domain}

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the authentication-realm command configures an authentication realm for the domain example.com on SIP adjacency SipToISP42:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SiptoISP42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# authentication-realm outbound example.com usersbc passwordsbc

Related Commands

inbound Specifies inbound authentication-realm.

outbound Specifies outbound authentication-realm.

domain Name of the domain for which the authentication credentials are valid.

username Username that identifies the SBC in the specified domain.

password Password to authenticate the username in the specified domain.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands averaging-period

averaging-periodTo configure the size of the averaging period used by CAC for its rate calculations, use the averaging period command in the CAC-policy-set configuration mode. To return the averaging period to its default, use the no form of this command.

averaging-period duration

no averaging-period

Syntax Description

Command Default The default is 60 seconds.

Command Modes CAC-policy-set configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)

Command History


Examples The following command sets the averaging period to 5 seconds in configuration set 1 on "mySbc".

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# averaging-period 5host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit

Related Commands

duration The size of the averaging window to use, in seconds. Default is 60 seconds.



Command Description

cac-policy-set Enters the submode of CAC policy set configuration.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands batch-size

batch-sizeTo configure the batching or grouping of RADIUS messages sent to a RADIUS server, use the batch command in the packetcable-em configuration mode. To disable the batch, use the no form of this command.

batch-size number

no batch-size

Syntax Description

Command Default The default is 0.


Command History


A value of 0 indicates no batching. A platform may choose to set a nonzero default value (this may increase performance.)

Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum size of a batch of CDRs:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing (config-sbc-sbe-billing)# packetcable-em 4 transport radius test(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-size 256

Related Commands

number Specifies the batch size in bytes. The range is 0 through 4096.



Command Description







OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands batch-size











Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands batch-time

batch-timeTo configure the maximum number of milliseconds for which any record is held before the batch is sent, use the batch-time command in the packetcable-em configuration mode. To disable the waiting period, use the no form of this command.

batch-time number

no batch-time

Syntax Description

Command Default The default is 1000 milliseconds.

Command Modes Packetcable em configuration (config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of milliseconds for which any record is held before the batch is sent:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing (config-sbc-sbe-billing)# packetcable-em 4 transport radius test(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-size 256(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-time 22

Related Commands

number Specifies the batch time in milliseconds. The range is 1 through 3600000.



Command Description







OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands batch-time











Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands billing

billingTo configure billing, use the billing command in SBE configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to remove all of the billing configuration.

billing

no billing




Command History


There is only one billing per SBC.

Examples The following example shows how to enter the billing mode for mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-billng)#

Related Commands



Release 3.1.00 The remote keyword was removed.

Command Description







OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands billing





Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands blacklist (sbe)

blacklist (sbe)To enter the mode for configuring the event limits of a given source, use the blacklist command in the SBE configuration mode. To return the event limits to the default values, use the no form of this command.

blacklist

no blacklist




Command History


Examples The following example shows how to enter the mode for configuring the default event limits for all addresses:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# address-default

VRF-name is optional for the blacklist. However, if a VRF-name is entered, a vpn token is required as shown in the following example:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# address-default ? <cr> Carriage return. host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# address-default host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-addr-default)# exit host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# vpn vpnname host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn)# address-default ? <cr> Carriage return. host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn)# address-default host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn-addr-default)#




OL-13499-04


The following example shows how the vpn command is used to enter the mode for configuring the event limits for a given VPN:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# vpn testhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn)#

The following example shows how to enter the mode for configuring blacklisting to apply to all addresses:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# global

The following example shows how to enter the mode for applying blacklisting options to a single IP address:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklisthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)#


address-default Enters the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN.

clear services sbc sbe blacklist

Clears the blacklist for the specified SBC service.

global Enters the mode for configuring blacklisting to apply to all addresse.

ipv4 (blacklist) Enters the mode for applying blacklisting options to a single IP address.

vpn Enters the mode for configuring the event limits for a given VPN.


show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits

Lists the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured.

show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting

Lists the limits causing sources to be blacklisted.

tcp Enters the mode for configuring blacklisting for TCP protocol only.



default-port-limit Enters a submode for configuring the default even limits for the ports of a given address.


OL-13499-04



udp Enters the mode for configuring blacklisting for UDP protocol only.

vpn Enters the mode for configuring the event limits for a given VPN.

Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands blacklist (sip-opt)

blacklist (sip-opt)To set profile to be blacklisted, use the blacklist command in SIP option mode. Use the no form of this command to remove blacklist from this profile.

blacklist

no blacklist


Command Default The global default is used.

Command Modes SIP option (sip-opt)

Command History

Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command:

Examples The following example shows how to add an option to the profile.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc sanity host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip option-profile optpr1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-opt)# blacklist

Related Commands



Command Description

sip-option-profile Configures an option profile in the mode of an SBE entity for a SIP option whitelist or blacklist profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands cache-lifetime

cache-lifetimeTo configure the lifetime of any DNS entry, use the cache-lifetime command in the DNS configuration mode. To disable the lifetime, use the no form of this command.

cache-lifetime 0-1879048

no cache-lifetime

Syntax Description


Command Modes DNS configuration (config-sbc-sbe-dns)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the lifetime of any DNS entry:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip dnshost1/Admin(config-sbe-dns)# cache-lifetime 444

Related Commands

0-1879048 Lfetime of any DNS entry, in seconds.



Command Description

cache-limit Configures the maximum number of entries that are permitted in the DNS cache.

sip dns Enters the SIP DNS configuration mode.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands cache-limit

cache-limitTo configure the maximum number of entries that are permitted in the DNS cache, use the cache-limit command in the DNS configuration mode. To set the limit to 100, use the no form of this command.

cache-limit 0-4294967295

no cache-lifetime

Syntax Description


Command Modes DNS configuration (config-sbc-sbe-dns)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure limits on DNS entries:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip dnshost1/Admin(config-sbe-dns)# cache-limit 14

Related Commands

0-4294967295 Maximum number of DNS entries.



Command Description

cache-lifetime Configures the lifetime of any DNS entry.

sip dns Enters the SIP DNS configuration mode.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands cac-policy-set

cac-policy-setUse the cac-policy-set command in the SBE configuration mode to enter the submode of CAC policy set configuration within an SBE entity. If necessary, a new policy set is created. Changes are not be permitted to the configuration of the active policy set.

Use the no form of the command to destroy the policy set. A policy set may not be destroyed if it is the active policy set.

cac-policy-set policy-set-id

no cac-policy-set policy-set-id

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following command creates an empty policy set, identified by number 1, on mySbc.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit

Related Commands

policy-set-id An integer chosen by the user to identify the policy set. The range is 1 - 2147483647.



Command Description

active-cac-policy-set Sets the active CAC-policy-set within an SBE entity.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands cac-table

cac-tableTo create or configure an admission control table, use the cac-table command in CAC-policy-set configuration mode. To delete the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

cac-table table-name

no cac-table table-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to create the admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)#

Related Commands

table-name Specifies the admission control table.



Command Description

first-cac-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the admission control stage of policy.

first-cac-scope Configures the scope at which to begin defining limits when performing the admission control stage of policy.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-codec-list

callee-codec-listTo list the codecs that the callee leg of a call is allowed to use, use the callee-codec-list command in the CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete a codec list, use the no form of this command.

callee-codec-list list-name

no callee-codec-list list-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to enter a submode to create a codec list using the name my_codecs:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-codec-list test

list-name Name of the codec list. The maximum size is 30 characters.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-hold-setting

callee-hold-settingTo configure the callee hold settings that are supported, use the callee-hold-setting command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To disable the settings, use the no form of this command.

callee-hold-setting {hold-c0 | hold-c0-inactive | hold-c0-sendonly | hold-sendonly | standard}

no callee-hold-setting {hold-c0 | hold-c0-inactive | hold-c0-sendonly | hold-sendonly | standard}

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the callee hold settings:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value fairchildhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-hold-setting hold-sendonlyhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# action cac-completehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# complete

hold-c0 Callee supports or requires c=I 0.0.0.0.

hold-c0-inactive Callee supports or requires c=I 0.0.0.0 or a=inactive.

hold-c0-sendonly Callee supports or requires c= 0.0.0.0 or a=sendonly

hold-sendonly Callee supports or requires a=sendonly.

standard Callee supports or requires c= 0.0.0.0 and either a=forward-direction capability.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-hold-setting


callee-inbound-policy Configures a callee inbound SDP policy table.

callee-outbound-policy Configures a callee outbound SDP policy table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-inbound-policy

callee-inbound-policyTo configure a callee inbound SDP policy table, use the callee-inbound-policy command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To disable a callee inbound SDP policy table, use the no form of this command.

callee-inbound-policy WORD

no callee-inbound-policy WORD

Syntax Description



Command History



host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-inbound-policy test

Related Commands

WORD Name of the SDP policy table. The maximum size is 30 characters.



Command Description

callee-hold-setting Configures the callee hold settings that are supported.

callee-outbound-policy Configures a callee outbound SDP policy table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-outbound-policy

callee-outbound-policyTo configure a callee outbound SDP policy table, use the callee-outbound-policy command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To disable the settings, use the no form of this command.

callee-outbound-policy WORD

no callee-outbound-policy WORD

Syntax Description



Command History



host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-inbound-policy test

Related Commands




Command Description

callee-hold-setting Configures the callee hold settings that are supported.

callee-inbound-policy Configures a callee inbound SDP policy table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-privacy

callee-privacyTo configure the level of privacy processing to perform on messages sent from callee to caller, use the callee-privacy command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum number of channels in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

callee-privacy [callee_priv_setting]

no callee-privacy

Syntax Description

Command Default The default for callee_priv_setting=never.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the entry to always hide callee identity in the new admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-privacy always

Related Commands

callee_priv_setting Indicates specific callee privacy setting. Values are:

• never: Never hides the identity.

• account-boundary: Hides the identity if caller is different account from callee.

• always: Always hides the identity.



Command Description

cac-table Configures an admission control table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-sig-qos-profile

callee-sig-qos-profileTo configure the QoS profile to be used for signaling packets sent to the original callee, use the callee-sig-qos-profile command in the CAC table entry configuration mode. To deconfigure the QoS profile, use the no form of this command.

callee-sig-qos-profile profile-name

no callee-sig-qos-profile profile-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the callee-sig-qos-profile command is used to configure the QoS profile named enterprise to be used for signaling packets sent to the original callee:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-sig-qos-profile enterprise

Related Commands

profile-name Specifies the name of the QoS profile. The string “default” is reserved.



Command Description

callee-video-qos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for video media packets sent to the original callee.

callee-voice-qos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for voice media packets sent to the original callee.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-video-qos-profile

callee-video-qos-profileTo configure the QoS profile to use for media packets sent to the original callee, use the callee-video-qos-profile command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

callee-video-qos-profile profile-name

no callee-video-qos-profile

Syntax Description



Command History


Note The callee-video-qos-profile can be executed only at the per-call scope. CAC policy does not activate if configured at any other scope.

Examples The following example shows how to configure calls from the acme account to use the video QoS profile enterprise for packets sent from the SBC to the original callee:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope callhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-accounthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value acmehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-video-qos-profile enterprisehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit

profile-name Specifies the QoS profile.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-video-qos-profile


callee-sig-qos-profile Configures the QoS profile to be used for signaling packets sent to the original callee.



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-voice-qos-profile

callee-voice-qos-profileTo configure the QoS profile to use for media packets sent to the original callee, use the callee-voice-qos-profile command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

callee-voice-qos-profile profile-name

no callee-voice-qos-profile

Syntax Description



Command History


Note This command can be executed only at the per-call scope. CAC policy does not activate if this command is configured at any other scope.

Examples The following example shows how to configure calls from the acme account to use the voice QoS profile enterprise for packets sent from the SBC to the original callee.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope callhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-accounthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value acmehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# callee-voice-qos-profile enterprisehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands callee-voice-qos-profile


callee-sig-qos-profile Configures the QoS profile to be used for signaling packets sent to the original callee.



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-codec-list

caller-codec-listTo list the codecs that the caller leg of a call is allowed to use, use the caller-codec-list command in the CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete a codec list, use the no form of this command.

caller-codec-list list-name

no caller-codec-list list-name

Syntax Description



Command History



host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-codec-list test

list-name Name of the codec list. The maximum size is 30 characters.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-hold-setting

caller-hold-settingTo configure the caller hold settings that are supported, use the caller-hold-setting command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete caller hold setting, use the no form of this command.

caller-hold-setting {hold-c0 | hold-c0-inactive | hold-c0-sendonly | hold-sendonly | standard}

no caller-hold-setting {hold-c0 | hold-c0-inactive | hold-c0-sendonly | hold-sendonly | standard}

Syntax Description

Command Default The default is standard.

Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)#

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the caller hold settings:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value fairchildhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-hold-setting hold-sendonlyhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# action cac-completehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# complete

hold-c0 Callee supports or requires c=I 0.0.0.0.

hold-c0-inactive Callee supports or requires c=I 0.0.0.0 or a=inactive.

hold-c0-sendonly Callee supports or requires c= 0.0.0.0 or a=sendonly.

hold-sendonly Callee supports or requires a=sendonly.

standard Callee supports or requires c= 0.0.0.0 and either a=forward-direction capability.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-hold-setting


caller-outbound-policy Configures a caller outbound SDP policy table.

caller-inbound-policy Configures a caller inbound SDP policy table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-inbound-policy

caller-inbound-policyTo configure a caller inbound SDP policy table, use the caller-inbound-policy command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete a caller inbound SDP policy table, use the no form of this command.

caller-inbound-policy WORD

no caller-inbound-policy WORD

Syntax Description

Command Default No default behavior or value


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure a caller inbound SDP policy table:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-inbound-policy test

Related Commands




Command Description

caller-hold-setting Configures the caller hold settings.

caller-outbound-policy Configure a caller outbound SDP policy table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-outbound-policy

caller-outbound-policyTo configure a caller outbound SDP policy table, use the caller-outbound-policy command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete , use the no form of this command.

caller-outbound-policy table_name

no caller-outbound-policy table_name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure a caller outbound SDP policy table:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table callhold-dst-settingshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-account host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-outbound-policy test

Related Commands

WORD Specifies the name of the SDP policy table. The maximum size is 30 characters.



Command Description

caller-hold-setting Configures the caller hold settings.

caller-inbound-policy Configures a caller inbound SDP policy table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-privacy

caller-privacyTo configure the level of privacy processing to perform on messages sent from caller to callee, use the caller-privacy command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum number of channels in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

caller-privacy [privacy-setting]

no caller-privacy

Syntax Description

Command Default The privacy_setting value is set to never.

Command Modes CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the entry to always hide caller identity in the new admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-privacy alwayshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit

privacy_setting Indicates specific caller privacy setting. Possible values include:

• never: Never hides the identity.

• account-boundary: Hides the identity if caller is on a different account from callee.

• always: Always hides the identity.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-privacy




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-sig-qos-profile

caller-sig-qos-profileTo configure the QoS profile to use for signaling packets sent to the original caller, use the caller-sig-qos-profile command in the CAC table entry configuration mode. To deconfigure the QoS profile, use the no form of this command.

caller-sig-qos-profile profile-name

no caller-sig-qos-profile profile-name

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines This command can only be executed at the per-call scope. CAC policy will not activate if this command is configured at any other scope.

Packet marking will not be applied until the CAC decision process is run. This means that some initial signaling packets sent to the caller (for example, the SIP 100 provisional response) will not receive any particular DSCP marking.


Examples The following command configures calls from the acme account to use the voice QoS profile enterprise for signaling packets sent from the SBC to the original caller:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope callhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type src-accounthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value acmehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-sig-qos-profile enterprisehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit

profile-name Specifies the name of the QoS profile. The string “default” is reserved.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-sig-qos-profile


caller-video-cos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for video media packets sent to the original caller.

caller-voice-cos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for voice media packets sent to the original caller.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-video-qos-profile

caller-video-qos-profileTo configure the QoS profile to use for media packets sent to the original caller, use the caller-video-qos-profile command in CAC table configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

caller-video-qos-profile profile-name

no caller-video-qos-profile profile-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Note The caller-video-qos-profile command can be executed only at the per-call scope. CAC policy does not activate if this command is configured at any other scope.

Examples The following example shows how to configure calls from the acme account to use the video QoS profile enterprise for packets sent from the SBC to the original caller:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope callhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type src-accounthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value acmehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-video-qos-profile enterprisehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit

profile-name Specifies the Qos profile.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-video-qos-profile


caller-sig-cos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for signaling packets sent to the original caller.

caller-voice-cos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for voice media packets sent to the original caller.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-voice-qos-profile

caller-voice-qos-profileTo configure the QoS profile to use for media packets sent to the original caller, use the caller-voice-qos-profile command in CAC table configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

caller-voice-qos-profile profile-name

no caller-voice-qos-profile

Syntax Description



Command History


Note This command can be executed only at the per-call scope. CAC policy does not activate if this command is configured at any other scope.

Examples The following example shows how to configure calls from the acme account to use the voice QoS profile enterprise for packets sent from the SBC to the original caller:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope callhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type src-accounthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value acmehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# caller-voice-qos-profile enterprisehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands caller-voice-qos-profile


caller-sig-cos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for signaling packets sent to the original caller.

caller-video-cos-profile Configures the QoS profile to use for video media packets sent to the original caller.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands call-policy-set

call-policy-setTo create a new policy set, use the call-policy-set command in SBE configuration mode. To delete the policy set, use the no form of this command.

call-policy-set policy-set-id

no call-policy-set policy-set-id

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to create an empty policy set, identified by number 1, on mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)#

Related Commands

policy-set-id Specifies the integer that identifies the policy set.



Command Description

first-call-routing-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for new-call events.

first-number-analysis-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for subscriber-registration events.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands category

category To configure the entry category in the number analysis table with entries of the table matching a part of or the whole dialed number, use the category command in the NA routing table configuration mode. To deconfigure the category of an entry, use the no form of this command.

category category-name

no category category-name

Syntax Description


Command Modes NA routing table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the category of entry 1 in the new number analysis table MyNaTable matching the whole number:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-number-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# category externalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)#

Related Commands

category-name Specifies a category to assign to the event.



Command Description

na-dst-number-table Enters the submode of configuration of a number analysis table within the context of an SBE policy set.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc

clear services sbcTo clear the DBE or SBE configurations, use the clear services sbc command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name {dbe | sbe}

Syntax Description


Command Modes EXEC (#)

Command History

Examples The following example shows how to clear the DBE configuration.

host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc dbe

Related Commands

sbc-name Specifies the name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.

dbe Clears DBE configuration.

sbe Clears SBE configuration.



Command Description

dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into the SBC-DBE configuration mode.

sbe Creates the SBE service on an SBC and enters into the SBC-SBE configuration mode.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe blacklist

clear services sbc sbe blacklist To clear the blacklist for the specified Session Border Controller (SBC) service, use the clear services sbc sbe blacklist command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist [vrfname] [ipv4 addr [{udp | tcp} A.B.C.D]]

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example clears all the blacklists for the TCP port 1 for VRF test for the ipv4 address of 2.2.2.2:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc aa sbe blacklist test ipv4 2.2.2.2 tcp 1

Related Commands

sbc-name Name of the Session Border Controller (SBC) service.

vrfname VRF for which to clear blacklisted entries.

ipv4 address IPv4 address.

tcp Clears blacklisting for TCP protocol only.

udp Clears blacklisting for UDP protocol only.

A.B.C.D IPv4 subnet mask.



Command Description

blacklist Enters the mode for configuring the event limits of a given source.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc blacklist all

clear services sbc blacklist allTo clear all the currently blacklisted entries for the specified Session Border Controller (SBC) service, use the clear services sbc sbe blacklist all command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist all

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example clears all the blacklist entries for the SBC test:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc test sbe blacklist all Command Acceptedhost1/Admin#

Related Commands




Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe blacklist all

clear services sbc sbe blacklist allTo clear all the currently blacklisted entries of a given VPN, use the clear services sbc sbe blacklist all command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist [vrfname] [ipv4 addr [{udp | tcp} port]]

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example clears all the blacklists for the TCP port 1 for VRF test for the ipv4 address of 2.2.2.2:


Related Commands


vrfname Specifies the VRF for which to clear blacklisted entries.

ipv4 address Specifies the IPv4 address.

tcp Clear blacklisting for TCP protocol only.

udp Clear blacklisting for UDP protocol only.

port Port number to clear blacklisting for. Range is 0-65535.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4

clear services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4 To clear all the currently blacklisted entries of a given subset, use the clear services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4 command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist [vrfname] [ipv4 addr [{udp | tcp} port]]

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example clears all the blacklists for the TCP port 1 for VRF test for the IPv4 address of 2.2.2.2:


Related Commands


vrfname Specifies the VRF for which to clear blacklisted entries.

ipv4 address Specifies the IPv4 address.

tcp Clear blacklisting for TCP protocol only.

udp Clear blacklisting for UDP protocol only.

port Port number to clear blacklisting for. Range is 0-65535.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc dbe media-stats

clear services sbc dbe media-statsTo clears all the statistics collected by the media gateway manager of the DBE, use the clear services sbc dbe media-stats command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name dbe media-stats

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines This command clears the statistics displayed by the show services sbc dbe media-stats command.

Examples The following example clears all the statistics collected by the media gateway manager of a DBE on an SBC called mySbc:host1/Admin(config)# clear services sbc mySbc dbe media-stats

Related Commands

sbc-name Name of the SBC service.



Command Description

show services sbc dbe media-stats Lists the statistics of one or more media flows collected on the DBE.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe cac-rejection-stats

clear services sbc sbe cac-rejection-statsTo clear all the call admission control policy rejection statistics, use the clear services cac-rejection-stats command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe cac-rejection-stats

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example clears all the call admission control policy rejection statistics for the SBE mysbc:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe cac-rejection-stats

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc sbe call-stats Lists the statistics for all the calls on the specified SBE.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe call

clear services sbc sbe callTo clear the currently active call, use the clear services sbc sbe call command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe call no

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example clears all the call rate statistics for the SBE mysbc:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe call

Related Commands


no Specifies the call number.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe call-rate-stats Lists all of the current rate of attempted call setups per second over a short period of time.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe call-rate-stats

clear services sbc sbe call-rate-statsTo clear all the call rate statistics, use the clear services call-rate-stats command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe call-rate-stats

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example clears all the call rate statistics for the SBE mysbc:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe call-rate-stats

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc sbe call-rate-stats Lists all of the current rate of attempted call setups per second over a short period of time.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe call-rejection-stats

clear services sbc sbe call-rejection-statsTo clear all the call admission control policy rejection statistics, use the clear services call-rejection-stats command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe call-rejection-stats

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example clears all the call admission control policy rejection statisticss for the SBE mysbc:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe call-rejection-stats

Related Commands




Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe call-stats

clear services sbc sbe call-statsTo clear all the call statistics by the SBE, use the clear services sbc sbe call-stats command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe call-stats

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example clears all the call statistics for the SBE mysbc:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc mysbc sbe call-stats

Related Commands




Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats

clear services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats To clear all of the call setup failure statistics for a specified source adjacency, use the clear services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-failure-stats {src-adjacency | src-account | dst-adjacency | dst-sccount} name [cr]

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to clear all of the policy failure statistics for an adjacency named YY:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc mysbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency YY

Related Commands


src-adjacency Clears statistic for a source adjacency.

src-account Clears statistic for a source account.

dst-adjacency Clears statistic for a destination adjacency.

dst-account Clears statistic for a destination account.

name Adjacency name or the account name.

cr Clears all statistics.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats Lists the statistics for all the policy failures on a specific SBE.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe policy-rejection-stats

clear services sbc sbe policy-rejection-statsTo clear all the policy rejection statistics by the SBE, use the clear services sbc sbe policy-rejection-stats command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-rejection-stats

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines This clears all recorded policy rejection stats including the current and previous intervals.

Examples The following example clears all the policy rejection statistics by the SBE.

host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe policy-rejection-stats

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats Lists the statistics for all the policy failures on a specific SBE.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe radius-client

clear services sbc sbe radius-client To clear all the statistics for the specified RADIUS server, use the clear services sbc sbe radius-client command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe radius-client {accounting word | authentication} radius-server-stats word}

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example clears all the authentication statistics for the RADIUS server svr:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe radius-client authentication radius-server-stats

svr

The following example clears all the accounting client statistics for the local RADIUS client, acc for the RADIUS server svr:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe radius-client accounting acc radius-server-stats svr

Related Commands


accounting Clears accounting client statistics.

authentication Clears authentication client statistics.

radius-server-stats Identifies the RADIUS server name.

word For accounting, the RADIUS client name. The maximum size is 80 characters.

For radius-server-stats, the RADIUS server name. The maximum size is 80 characters.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe radius-client-stats Lists the RADIUS accounting client statistics for all accounting clients.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe radius-client-stats

clear services sbc sbe radius-client-statsTo clear all the statistics for the local RADIUS clients, use the clear services sbc sbe radius-client-stats command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe radius-client-stats {accounting word | authentication}

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example clears all the authentication statistics:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe radius-client-stats authentication

The following example clears all the accounting statistics for the local RADIUS client, radius1:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc mySbc sbe radius-client-stats accounting radius1

Related Commands


word The RADIUS client name. The maximum size is 80 characters.

accounting Clears accounting client statistics.

authentication Clears authentication client statistics.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands clear services sbc sbe statistics

clear services sbc sbe statisticsTo clear the summary statistics and the detailed response code statistics, use the clear services sbc sbe statistics command in EXEC mode.

clear services sbc sbc-name sbe adj-name statistics

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to clear all summary statistics and the detailed response code statistics:

host1/Admin# clear services sbc tet sbe ttt statistics

Related Commands


adj-name RADIUS client name. The maximum size is 80 characters.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec

codecTo add a codec to a codec list, use the codec command in the Codec list mode. To remove a named codec from a codec list, use the no form of this command.

codec codec-name

no codec codec-name

Syntax Description


Command Modes Codec list (sbe-codec-list)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to assign the PCMU codec to the my_codecs codec list:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# codec-list my_codecshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-codec-list)# codec PCMU

codec-name Specifies the name of a codec. This value must be one of the list of codecs that the SBE is hard-coded to recognize. Otherwise, when you execute this command, the SBE displays an error.

The format of the codec name is the same as the string used to represent it in Session Description Protocol (SDP). For example, PCMU or VDVI. A codec can only be added to each list one time.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec-list

codec-listTo create a codec list, use the codec-list command in the SBE configuration mode. To delete a codec list, use the no form of this command.

codec-list list-name

no codec-list list-name

Syntax Description



Command History



host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# codec-list my_codecs

list-name Specifies the name of the codec list.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec-list description

codec-list descriptionTo provide a description of a codec list, use the codec-list description command in codec list mode. To delete the description for the codec list, use the no form of this command.

codec-list description text

no description

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to provide the my_codecs codec list with a description (Legitimate codecs):

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# codec-list my_codecshost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-codec-list)# codec-list description Legitimate codecs

text An arbitrary text string that describes the codec list.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec packetization-period

codec packetization-periodTo set a minimum packetization period for a codec, use the codec packetization-period command in the codec list mode. To remove a packetization-period from a codec, use the no form of this command.

codec codec-name packetization-period packet-period

no codec codec-name packetization-period packet-period

Syntax Description

Note For each minimum packetization period, only one codec is allowed to be added to each list, one time only.



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set a minimum packetization period for the PCMU and G729 codecs that are in the my_codecs codec list:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# codec-list my_codecs

codec-name Specifies the name of a codec. This value must be one from the list of codecs that the SBE is hard-coded to recognize. Otherwise, when you execute this command, the SBE displays an error.

The format of the codec name is the same as the string used to represent it in SDP (for example, PCMU or VDVI).

packet-period The codec can optionally be followed by a minimum acceptable packetization period in milliseconds as indicated by packetization-period.

For example, codec PCMU packetization-period 20 adds the codec PCMU to the list with a minimum acceptable packetization period of 20 ms. The range of packetization period is 0 to 1000.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec packetization-period

host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-codec-list)# codec PCMU packetization-period 20host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-codec-list)# codec G729 packetization-period 10


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec-restrict-to-list

codec-restrict-to-list To configure the CAC to restrict the codecs used in signaling a call to the set of codecs given in the named list, use the codec-restrict-to-list command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To impose no restrictions on the codecs that can be used with the CAC entry, use the no form of this command.

codec-restrict-to-list list-name

no codec-restrict-to-list list-name

Syntax Description

Command Default Not setting this command, or issuing the no form of the command, means that the CAC entry does not impose any restriction on the codecs that can be used (but also it does not lift any restrictions set by entries encountered earlier).


Command History

Usage Guidelines For each codec on this list, CAC restricts the packetization period for any stream using that codec to be greater than or equal to the packetization period configured along with that codec in the list. If a stream uses more than one codec in the list, then the greater of all the packetization periods configured for each codec in the list is applied to the stream.

If the codec list is empty, then all codecs recognized by the SBE will be allowed.

To clear all restrictions set by an earlier CAC entry, you must configure a codec-restrict-to-list list-name, where list-name is the name of a list containing no codecs.

You are not allowed to use this command if the table is part of the active policy set. You can only configure the codec-restrict-to-list command at per-call scope. If it is configured at any other scope, then an error will be flagged when you type "complete" in the CAC policy set configuration.


Examples The following command configures the entry to restrict codecs to those named on the list my_codecs:.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table Mycactable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type adjacency host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codec-restrict-to-list

host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# codec-restrict-to-list my_codecs host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# action cac-complete host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exit host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exit host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands codecs

codecsTo configure the codecs supported by the media gateway, use the codecs command in media gateway configuration mode. To set the codec support to nothing, use the no form of this command.

codecs codec-list

no codecs

Syntax Description


Command Modes Media gateway configuration (config-sbc-sbe-mg)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set media gateway 10.0.0.1’s supported codecs to m=audio 6000 RTP/AVP 4 and a=rtpmap:0 PCMU/8000 (as defined in RFC 1890):

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# media-gateway ipv4 10.0.0.1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-mg)# odecs m=audio 1234 RTP/AVP 0 18,a=rtpmap:=rtpmap:18 G729/80000 PCMU/8000,a=rtpmap:18 G729/8000

Related Commands

codec-list Specifies the supported codecs.



Command Description

codec Adds a codec to a codec list.

codec-list codec packetization-period Specifies a packetization period for a codec.

codec-list description Provides a description of a codec list.

show services sbc sbe codec-list Displays information about codec lists.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands complete

completeTo complete the CAC-policy or call-policy set after committing the full set, use the complete command in the appropriate configuration mode. To change entries, use the no form of this command.

complete

no complete




Routing policy table (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)

Command History


The SBC checks that the routing-policy is self-consistent and can be set as the active policy set. When this command is issued, you cannot alter the CAC-policy-set.

Examples The following example shows how to complete a cac-policy set, identified by number 1, on mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# completehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# exit

Related Commands



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands concurrent-requests

concurrent-requestsTo set the maximum number of concurrent requests to the RADIUS server, use the concurrent-request command in the appropriate configuration mode. To set the default, use the no form of this command.

concurrent-requests 0-4294967295

no concurrent-requests 0-4294967295

Syntax Description

Command Default Default is 25.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set the maximum number of concurrent requests to the RADIUS server.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc uut105-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting SBC1-account-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# concurrent-requests 34

Related Commands

0-4294967295 Maximum number of concurrent requests to the RADIUS server.





activate Activates the RADIUS client.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands condition

condition To specify a condition to match before taking an action to a SIP message profile, use the condition command in SIP header configuration mode. To remove the condition from the profile, use the no form of this command.

condition [and | header-name | header-value | or | status-code]

no condition [and | header-name | header-value | or | status-code]

Syntax Description


Command Modes SIP header configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele-act)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the header command adds the header “test” to the header profile MyProfile:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile MyProfilehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# header testhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)# action drop-msg host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele-act)# condition

Related Commands

and Logical AND to add another condition to an existing condition.

header-name Compares the content of a different header name.

header-value Compares the content of this header.

or Logical OR to add another condition to an existing condition.

status-code Specifies a SIP response code.



Command Description

action drop-msg Adds an action of dropping the message to a SIP message profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands congestion-cleared

congestion-cleared To configure that the congestion has cleared when the level of system resources reaches the congestion cleared threshold, use the congestion-cleared command inVDBE configuration mode. To disable this configuration, use the no form of this command.

congestion-cleared [percentage]

no congestion-cleared [percentage]

Syntax Description

Command Default The system default percentage is 60 percent if you do not configure the congestion-cleared command or if you configure no congestion-cleared.

Command Modes VDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)

Command History

Usage Guidelines When the DBE has previously signaled a congestion event to the SBE, the DBE will signal that the congestion has cleared when the level of system resources used reaches the congestion cleared threshold. Congestion cleared must be less than or equal to the threshold, however, equal to the threshold is not recommended because it may cause excessive messaging between the MG and media gateway controller (MGC).

Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, and configures the DBE to signal to the SBE that congestion has cleared at 90% percent of system resources consumed:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# congestion-cleared 90

Related Commands

percentage (Optional) This is the percentage value of system resources to signal congestion to the SBE. The range is 1–100.



Command Description

congestion-threshold Configures the DBE to signal a congestion event to the SBE when a maximum percentage has been reached.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands congestion-threshold

congestion-threshold To configure the DBE to signal a congestion event to the SBE when a maximum percentage has been reached, use the congestion-threshold command in VDBE configuration mode. To disable this configuration, use the no form of this command.

congestion-threshold [percentage]

no congestion-threshold [percentage]

Syntax Description

Command Default The system default percentage is 80% if you do not configure the congestion-threshold, or if you issue the default congestion-threshold command, or if you configure no congestion-threshold.


Command History

Usage Guidelines When the DBE reaches the maximum configured congestion-threshold percentage for either number of calls or media bandwidth, it sends a congestion message to the SBE.

Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, and shows how to configure the DBE to signal a congestion event to the SBE when 95% percent of capacity is reached.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# congestion-threshold 95

Related Commands

percentage (Optional) This is the percentage value of system resources to signal congestion to the SBE. The range is –100.



Command Description

congestion-cleared Configures that the congestion has cleared when the level of system resources reaches the congestion cleared threshold.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands control address aaa

control address aaaTo configure an SBE to use a given IPv4 AAA control address when contacting an authentication or billing server, use the control address aaa ipv4 command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the IPv4 AAA control address, use the no form of this command.

control address aaa ipv4 ip_address [vrf vrf-name]

no control address aaa ipv4 ip_address

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the SBE to use address 10.1.0.1 as its AAA control address:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address aaa ipv4 10.1.0.1 vrf myvrf

Related Commands

ipv4 ip_address Specifies the IPv4 AAA control address.

vrf vrf-name (Optional) Specifies the VRF name.



Command Description

control address h248 index

Configures IPv4 H.248 control addresses.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands control address h248 index

control address h248 indexTo configure an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 control address, port, or transport for H.248 communications when acting as a media gateway controller, use the control address h248 index command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the given IPv4 H.248 control address when acting as a media gateway controller, use the no form of this command.

control address h248 index index-number

no control address h248 index index-number

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The “Examples” section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.

Examples The following example shows how to configure the SBE to use address 10.1.0.1 as its H.248 control address:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address h248 index 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# ipv4 10.1.0.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# exit

Related Commands

index-number Specifies the unique identifier of the H.248 control address to set.



Command Description

ipv4 (SBE H.248) Configures an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 control address.

port (SBE H.248) Configures an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 port.

transport (SBE H.248) Configures an SBE to use a certain transport for H.248 communications.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands control-address h248 ipv4

control-address h248 ipv4 To configure a DBE to use a specific IPv4 H.248 control address, use the control-address h248 ipv4 command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure a DBE from using an IPv4 H.248 control address, use the no form of this command.

control-address h248 ipv4 {A.B.C.D}

no control-address h248 ipv4 {A.B.C.D}

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines Neither the control-address nor the local-port can be changed when the controller exists. The controller must be deleted to change these parameters. To delete the controller, use the no control-address h248 ipv4 command.

Examples The following command configures the DBE to use address 10.0.0.1 as its control address.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# control address h248 ipv4 10.0.0.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-vdbe)# controller h248 1

Related Commands

A.B.C.D This is the IP address for the IPv4 H.248 control address of the DBE, which is the local IP address used to connect to the SBE.



Command Description

attach-controllers Configures a DBE to attach to an H.248 controller.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands control address h248 port

control address h248 port To configure an SBE to use a given port for H.248 communications when acting as a media gateway controller, use the control-address h248 port command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure a h248 controller, use the no form of this command.

control address h248 port port-number

no control address h248 port port-number

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines To change or remove this configuration, deconfigure the h248 controller by issuing the no control address h248 command, then configure a new h248 control address.

If the port is not configured, or is configured with the value zero, then the H.248 default port number, 2944, is used.

Examples The following command configures the SBE to use port 123 as its H.248 port:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address h248 port 123host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# exit

Related Commands

port-number Port number assigned.



Command Description

control-address h248 transport Configures an SBE to use a given transport for H.248 communications.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands control address h248 transport

control address h248 transport To configure an SBE to use a given transport for H.248 communications when acting as a media gateway controller, use the control-address h248 transport command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure a h248 controller, use the no form of this command.

control address h248 transport [udp | tcp]

no control address h248 transport [udp | tcp]

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines To change or remove this configuration, deconfigure the h248 controller by issuing the no control address h248 command, then configure a new h248 control address.

Examples The following command configures the SBE to use TCP as its H.248 transport:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address h248 transport tcphost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# exit

Related Commands

udp Selects UDP as the underlying transport.

tcp Selects TCP as the underlying transport.



Command Description

control-address h248 port Configures an SBE to use a given port for H.248 communications.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands controller h248

controller h248 To configure the H.248 controller for a DBE or enter into controller H.248 configuration mode, use the controller h248 command in VDBE configuration mode. To delete the H.248 controller, use the no form of this command.

controller h248 controller-index

no controller h248 controller-index

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines Once a controller is configured and attached, it must be detached with the no attach-controllers command before you can modify any controller information.

Note This command is invalid for the unified model, where both the SBE and DBE logical entities co-exist on the same network element. Release 2.0.00 does not support the unified model.

Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, and configures an H.248 controller with index 1.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# controller h248 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)#

Related Commands

controller-index This is the number that identifies the H.248 controller for the DBE, in case you want to configure more than one controller.



Command Description

dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBCSBCand enters into the DBE-SBE configuration mode.

vdbe Configures a virtual data border element (VDBE) and enters the VDBE configuration mode.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands copy logs

copy logs To to transfer debug and system logs off of the ACE for analysis, use the copy logs uri command in EXEC mode.

copy logs uri

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines You can specify the filename but it must end in .tar.

Examples The following example copies the log files to the ku040708.tar file:

host1/Admin# copy logs image:/ku040708.tar

Copying logs to tar file image:/ku040708.tar...

Related Commands

uri Specifies either image:/filename.tar or disk0:/filename.tar.



Command Description

debug services sbc logging Debugs SBC logging information.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands cost

cost To assign a cost to this route, use the cost command in the RTG routing table entry configuration mode. To destroy the cost given to the route, use the no form of this command.

cost cost

no cost cost

Syntax Description

Command Default The default is “na.”

Command Modes RTG routing table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new admission control table, MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-least-cost-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# costhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-entry)# exit

Related Commands

cost Assigns a cost to the route.

• Range: [1-0xFFFFFFFF]

• The value of "0" is not accepted. Instead the user must input "na" to mean this entry will never be matched.



Command Description

rtg-least-cost-table Configures the least-cost routing table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands dbe

dbeTo create the DBE service on an SBC and enter into the SBC-DBE configuration mode, use the dbe command in SBC configuration mode. To remove the DBE entity, use the no form of this command.

dbe

no dbe



Command Modes SBC configuration (config-sbc)

Command History

Examples The following command creates a DBE and enters the SBC-DBE configuration mode.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)#

Related Commands



Command Description

sbe Creates the SBC interface.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands dbe-location-id

dbe-location-idTo configure an adjacency to use a given media gateway DBE location when routing media, use the dbe-location-id command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

dbe-location-id dbe-location-id

no dbe-location-id

Syntax Description




Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to use DBE location ID 1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# dbe-location-id 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# exit

Related Commands

dbe-location-id Specifies the DBE location ID of the DBE. A value of 0 denotes that the adjacency is within the local network.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode abort

deact-mode abortTo specify that the DBE of an SBC drop all calls without any signaling, use the deact-mode abort command inSBC-DBE configuration mode. To revert deactivation behavior to the default of normal behavior, use the no form of this command.

deact-mode abort

no deact-mode abort


Command Default If the deact-mode is not configured, or the default deact-mode command or no deact-mode commands are used, the state of the DBE service becomes normal.

Command Modes SBC-DBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe)

Command History

Usage Guidelines Use the no activate command to deactivate the DBE service.

Use the dbe command to enter into SBC-DBE configuration mode first.

Examples The following example enters into SBC-DBE configuration mode, and sets the DBE to deactivate in abort mode to prepare the device for hardware maintenance.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# deact-mode aborthost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit

Related Commands



Command Description

dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBCand enters into the DBE-SBE configuration mode.

activate Initiates the DBE service of the session border controller (SBC).


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode (billing)

deact-mode (billing)To configure the deactivate mode for the billing method, use the deact-mode command in the packetcable-em configuration mode. To disable the deactivate mode, use the no form of this command.

deact-mode {normal | abort | quiesce}

no deact-mode

Syntax Description

Command Default The default is normal.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how configure a normal deactivate mode for the billing method:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing (config-sbc-sbe-billing)# packetcable-em 4 transport radius test(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-size 256(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# batch-time 22(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# attach(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# activate(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# deact-mode normal

Related Commands

normal Specifies that CDRs are sent.

abort Specifies that CDRs are dropped.

quiesce Specifies that CDRs are allowed to be sent.



Command Description





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode (billing)













Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode normal

deact-mode normalTo specify that the DBE of anSBC signals a service change and terminates all calls upon deactivation of the DBE service, use the deact-mode normal command inSBC-DBE configuration mode. To revert deactivation behavior to the default of normal behavior, use the no form of this command.

deact-mode normal

no deact-mode normal




Command History

Usage Guidelines Use the no activate command to deactivate the DBE service.


Examples The following example enters into SBC-DBE configuration mode, and sets the DBE to deactivate in normal mode to prepare the device for hardware maintenance.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# deact-mode normalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit

Related Commands



Command Description

dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into the DBE-SBE configuration mode.



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode quiesce

deact-mode quiesceTo specify that the DBE of an SBC accepts no new calls and deactivates after all existing calls terminate, use the deact-mode quiesce command inSBC-DBE configuration mode. To revert deactivation behavior to the default of normal behavior, use the no form of this command.

deact-mode quiesce

no deact-mode quiesce




Command History

Usage Guidelines Use the no activate command to deactivate the DBE service. The deact-mode command tells the DBE how to behave or what action to take after the DBE is deactivated.


Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration mode, and sets the DBE to deactivate in quiesce mode to prepare the device for hardware maintenance.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# deact-mode quiescehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit

Related Commands



Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode (dbe, sbe)

deact-mode (dbe, sbe)To specify the action to take upon DBE or SBE deactivation, use the deact-mode command in the appropriate configuration mode. To revert to the default value, use the no form of this command.

deact-mode deact-type

no deact-mode

Syntax Description

Command Default By default, this command assumes the normal parameter.


SBE configuration (config-sbc-sbe)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set the DBE to deactivate in quiesce mode to prepare the device for hardware maintenance:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# deact-mode quiesce

deact-type Specifies the action to take upon DBE deactivation:

• abort: All calls dropped with no signaling.

• normal: Service change signaled to SBE, and all calls immediately terminated.

• quiesce: No new calls accepted. Deactivation occurs only after existing calls have terminated naturally.

Specifies the action to take upon SBE deactivation:

• abort: All calls dropped with no signaling.

• normal: Existing calls are torn down gracefully.

• quiesce: No new calls accepted. Existing calls are allowed to terminate.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands deact-mode (dbe, sbe)





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc errors

debug services sbc errorsTo debug SBC service errors, use the debug services sbc errors command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc errors

no debug services sbc errors




Command History

Usage Guidelines Use the show debug command to see debug information.

Examples The following command turns on sbc error debugging:

host1/Admin# debug services sbc errorshost1/Admin# 2007 May 13 04:24:50.902717 sbc: (ctx:0)hmstub_proc_recv_hb_message:test_rcv_hb_failed = 1110000 2007 May 13 04:29:50.960623 sbc: (ctx:0)hmstub_proc_recv_hb_message:test_rcv_hb_failed = 1112000 2007 May 13 04:34:50.960631 sbc: (ctx:0)hmstub_proc_recv_hb_message:test_rcv_hb_failed = 1114000

Related Commands



Command Description

debug services sbc errors Debugs SBC service errors.

debug services sbc events Debugs SBC service events.

debug services sbc ha Debugs SBC high availability (HA) services.

debug services sbc info Debugs SBC services information.

debug services sbc ips Turns on IPS tracing.


debug services sbc mem-trace dump Dumps current memory usage statistics to file.

debug services sbc pd filter component Turns on problem determination (PD) filter components.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc errors

debug services sbc pd filter context Turns on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters.

debug services sbc pd filter product Turns on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs.

debug services sbc pd log-level Sets the file logging level.

debug services sbc rsrcmon Debugs SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover.

Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc events

debug services sbc eventsTo debug SBC service events, use the debug services sbc events command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc events

no debug services sbc events




Command History


Examples The following command turns on debugging for sbc events:

host1/Admin# debug services sbc events

Related Commands



Command Description












OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc events



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc ha

debug services sbc haTo debug SBC high availability (HA) services, use the debug services sbc ha command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc ha

no debug services sbc ha




Command History


Examples The following command turns on debugging for sbc high availability:

host1/Admin# debug services sbc hahost1/Admin# host1/Admin# 2007 May 13 06:04:51.504671 sbc: (ctx:0)hmstub_send_hb: test_send_hb OK 1150000

Related Commands



Command Description











OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc ha




Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc info

debug services sbc infoTo debug SBC services information, use the debug services sbc info command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc info

no debug services sbc info




Command History


Examples The following command turns on debugging for sbc information:

host1/Admin# debug services sbc info2007 May 13 06:07:42.071738 sbc: (ctx:0)Received debug msg 2007 May 13 06:07:42.071961 sbc: (ctx:0)Exit mts or debug msg recv

Related Commands



Command Description











OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc info




Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc ips

debug services sbc ipsTo turn on IPS tracing (giving details of inter-component signals flowing between the internal components of the Session Border Controller (SBC) process), use the debug services sbc ips command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc sbc-name ips {file | in-memory}

no debug services sbc sbc-name ips {file | in-memory}

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines This command provides details of intercomponent signals flowing between the internal components of the SBC process. Events should be logged on an IPS trace file for further debugging.

Use the show debug command to see debug information.

Examples The following command turns on IPS tracing:

host1/Admin# debug services sbc mySbc ips

Related Commands


file Configures file IPS tracing.

in-memory Configures in-memory IPS tracing.



Release 3.1.0 The file and in-memory keywords were added.

Command Description









OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc ips






Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc logging

debug services sbc loggingTo debug SBC logging information, use the debug services sbc logging command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc logging

no debug services sbc logging




Command History



host1/Admin# debug services sbc logging

Related Commands



Command Description












OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc logging



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc mem-trace dump

debug services sbc mem-trace dumpTo dump current memory usage statistics to file, use the debug services sbc mem-trace dump command in EXEC mode. To disable printing to the terminal, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc sbc-name mem-trace dump

no debug services sbc sbc-name mem-trace dump

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example dumps current memory usage statistics to flle:

host1/Admin# debug services sbc mysbc mem-trace dump.

Related Commands




Command Description












OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc mem-trace dump



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc off

debug services sbc offTo turn off all sbc filters and set the log-level back to default (63), use the debug services sbc off command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc sbc-name off

no debug services sbc sbc-name off

Syntax Description

Command Default Log-levels are set to 63.


Command History



host1/Admin# debug services sbc test-sbc offhost1/Admin# 2008 May 20 14:55:51.410879 sbc: (ctx:0)This option will disable all SBC debugs 2008 May 20 14:55:51.410978 sbc: (ctx:0) SBC: Log filter removed. 2008 May 20 14:55:51.411014 sbc: (ctx:0) SBC: Log filter removed.

The following command shows debugging information:host1/Admin# show debugSBC Daemon: SBC inter-process logging is off SBC log filter 0:

Related Commands




Command Description





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd filter component

debug services sbc pd filter componentTo turn on problem determination (PD) filter components, use the debug services sbc pd command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc sbc-name pd filter component [bm | cac | control | h323 | hm | icc | mgm | radius | routing | sip]

no debug services sbc sbc-namee pd filter component [bm | cac | control | h323 | hm | icc | mgm | radius | routing | sip]

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines This command provides details of intercomponent signals flowing between the internal components of the SBC process. Events should be logged on IPS trace file for further debugging.


Examples The following command turns on IPS tracing:

host1/Admin# debug services sbc mySbc ips


bm Logs from the bm components.

cac Logs from the cac components.

control Logs from the H.248 controller components.

h323 Logs from the H.323 components.

hm Logs from the bm components.

icc Logs from the icc components.

mgm Logs from the mgm components.

radius Logs from the radius components.

routing Logs from the routing components.

sip Logs from the sip components.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd filter component















OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd filter context

debug services sbc pd filter contextTo turn on different logs from the problem determination (PD) filters, use the debug services sbc pd filter context command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc sbc-name pd filter context [adjacency name name| billing_id name | ipv4 name | number name]

no debug services sbc sbc-name pd filter context [adjacency name name| billing_id name | ipv4 name | number name]

Syntax Description



Command History



Examples The following command turns on the adjacency log filter:

host1/Admin# debug services sbc pd filter context adjacency test

Related Commands


adjacency Logs from the adjacency filter.

billing_id Logs from the billing_id filter.

ipv4 Logs from the ipv4 filter.

number Logs from the number filter.

name Name for the specific filter context.



Command Description






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd filter context









Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd filter product

debug services sbc pd filter productTo turn on problem determination (PD) filter product group logs, use the debug services sbc pd filter product command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc sbc-name pd filter context [billing | call | media | overview | protocol]

no debug services sbc sbc-name pd filter context [adjacency | billing_id | ipv4 | number]

Syntax Description



Command History



Examples The following command turns on the logs from the protocol product group:

host1/Admin# debug services sbc pd filter product protocol

Related Commands


billing Logs from the billing product group.

call Logs from the call product group.

media Logs from the media product group.

overview Logs from the overview product group.

protocol Logs from the protocol product group.



Command Description









OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd filter product






Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd log-level

debug services sbc pd log-level To set the file logging level, use the debug services sbc pd log-level command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc sbc-name pd log-level {console level | file level | filter level}

no debug services sbc sbc-name pd log-level {console level | file level | filter level}

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines This command logs the most serious logs directly to file.


Examples The following command sets the log level to send to file to 60:

host1/Admin# debug services sbc mySbc pd log-level file 60


level Level to set. 0 gives all problem determination (pd) logging and 100 gives none.

The log levels are defined as follows:

90+ Fatal errors

80+ Errors

70+ Unexpected conditions

60+ Operational events

50+ Auditable events

40+ Statistics

30+ Verbose operational events

20+ Verbose statistics

10+ Internal diagnostic logs

The following values are used for specific types of logs.

55 Call logs

63 Configuration errors




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc pd log-level















OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc rsrcmon

debug services sbc rsrcmonTo debug SBC services congestion states and statistics during switchover, use the debug services sbc rsrcmon command in EXEC mode. To disable this form of debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug services sbc rsrcmon

no debug services sbc rsrcmon




Command History


Examples The following command turns on debugging for SBC information:

host1/Admin# debug services sbc rsrcmon

Related Commands



Command Description












OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands debug services sbc rsrcmon



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands default-port-limit

default-port-limitTo enter the mode for configuring the default event limits for the ports of a given address, use the default-port-limit command in the SBE blacklist IPv4 configuration mode. To remove the event limits set, use the no form of this command.

default-port-limit

no default-port-limit


Command Default No event limits are defined for ports.

Command Modes SBE blacklist IPv4 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the blacklist default-port-limit command is used to enter the mode for configuring the default event limits for the ports of the source address 123.123.2.2:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklisthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 123.123.2.2host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# default-port-limithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-port-lmt)#

Related Commands



Command Description

blacklist Enters the mode for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN.





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands default-port-limit



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands description

descriptionTo configure descriptive text for a policy set, an adjacency, a source and its event limits, or a number analysis table, use the description command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

description description

no description description

Syntax Description




Routing policy table (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)

CAC-policy-set configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)

CAC table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)

NA routing table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)

RTG routing table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)

SBE blacklist configuration (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)

SIP header configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)

SIP method-profile configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to use the description test adjacency:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# description test adjacency

description Specifies the object you are describing.




OL-13499-04


The following example shows how to set the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to use the description test adjacency:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# description test adjacency

The following example shows how to create a description for number analysis table MyNaTable with entries that match the whole dialed number:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-number-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# description “My first number analysis table”

The following example shows how to create an empty policy set, identified by number 1, on mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# description “empty set”

The following example shows how to set the description of an admission control table, MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# description “My first CAC table”

The following example shows how to create a description for number analysis table MyNaTable with entries that match the start of the dialed number:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-prefix-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# description “My first number analysis table”

The following example shows how to add a description for a specific source IP address:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklisthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 125.12.12.15host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# description “test”

The following example shows how to create an empty policy set, identified by number 1, on mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# description “empty set”


OL-13499-04





call-policy-set Enters the submode of call policy set configuration.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands description (sip-opt)

description (sip-opt)To set the description for the profile, use the description command in SIP option mode. Use the no form of this command to remove description from this profile.

description line

no description line

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set the description for the profile.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc sanity host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip option-profile optpr1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-opt)# description test

Related Commands

line The description of the profile. The maximum number of characters is 80.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe sip option-profile Show the details for a specified option profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands dscp

dscpTo configure a DSCP with which to mark IP packets belonging to a given QoS profile, use the dscp command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.

dscp value

no dscp

Syntax Description

Command Default The default DSCP value is 0.

Command Modes QoS sig configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)

QoS video configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-video)

QoS voice configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-voice)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the QoS profile for sig to mark IP packets with a DSCP of 10:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos sig residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-fax)# dscp 10

The following example shows how to configure the QoS profile for video to mark IP packets with a DSCP of 10:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos video residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-video)# dscp 10

The following example shows how to configure the QoS profile for voice to mark IP packets with a DSCP of 10:

host1/Admin# configure

value Specifies the DSCP value with which to mark packets. Range is 0 to 63.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands dscp

host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos voice residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-voice)# dscp 10


qos sig Configures a signaling QoS profile.

qos video Configures a video QoS profile.

qos voice Configures a voice QoS profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands dst-adjacency

dst-adjacencyTo configure the destination adjacency of an entry in a routing table, use the dst-adjacency command in RTG routing table entry configuration mode. To delete the destination adjacency, use the no form of this command.

dst-adjacency dst_adj

no dst-adjacency dst_adj

Syntax Description



Command History


The target-adjacency argument is mandatory for routing tables entries with match-type round-robin.

You cannot use the dst-adjacency command if the table is part of the active policy set.

Examples The following example shows how to configure the destination adjacency of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable to softswitch1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-address-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# dst-adjacency softswitch1

Related Commands

dst_adj Specifies the destination adjacency name. The maximum size is 80 characters.



Command Description

entry Creates or modifies an entry in a table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands dtmf-duration

dtmf-duration To configure the default duration of a dual tone multifrequency (DTMF) event in milliseconds, use the dtmf-duration command in VDBE configuration mode. To reconfigure the default duration of a DTMF event in milliseconds, use the no form of this command.

dtmf-duration duration

no dtmf-duration duration

Syntax Description

Command Default The default is 200 ms if this command is not configured, or the no dtmf-duration command is issued.


Command History

Usage Guidelines Not applicable

Examples The following example configures the duration of a DTMF event to be 250 milliseconds:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# dtmf-duration 250host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# exit

Related Commands

duration This is the default duration of a DTMF event in milliseconds. The range is 0-1000. The default is 200.



Command Description

vdbe Enter into VDBE configuration submode.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands early-media-deny

early-media-denyTo configure whether to disallow early-media for an entry in an admission control table, use the early-media-deny command in CAC table configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

early-media-deny

no early-media-deny


Command Default By default, early-media is allowed.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to disallow early-media for an existing entry in the admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# early-media-denyhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit

Related Commands



Command Description

early-media-timeout Configures the time to allow early media before a call is established.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands early-media-timeout

early-media-timeoutTo configure the amount of time for which to allow early-media before a call is established, use the early-media-timeout command in CAC table configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

early-media-timeout value

no early-media-timeout

Syntax Description

Command Default value: 0


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the early-media-timeout for an existing entry in the admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# early-media-timeout 90host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exit

Related Commands

value Specifies the timeout period (in seconds). A value of 0 means that calls are not timed out.



Command Description

early-media-deny Configures whether to disallow early-media for an entry in an admission control table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands early-media-type

early-media-typeTo configure the direction of early media to allow for an entry in a call admission control table, use the early-media-type command in CAC table configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

early-media-type {backward-half-duplex | forward-half-duplex | full-duplex}

no early-media-tye

Syntax Description

Command Default The default direction is full-duplex.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to disallow early media for an existing entry in the admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# early-media-type full-duplexhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit

Related Commands

backward-half-duplex Allows early media in the backwards direction only.

forward-half-duplex Allows early media in the forwards direction only.

full-duplex Allows early media in both directions.



Command Description

ealry-media-timeout Configures the time to allow early media before a call is established.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands edit

editTo configure a dial-string manipulation action for a number analysis table with entries of the table matching the whole dialed number, use the edit command in NA routing table entry configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

edit [del-prefix pd] | [del-suffix sd] | [add-prefix pa] | [replace ds]

no edit

Syntax Description


Command Modes NA routing table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-ent)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure entry 1 to delete one digit from the beginning of the dialed string in the new number analysis table MyNaTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-number-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-ent)# edit del-prefix 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-natable-ent)# exit

del-prefix Specifies digits to delete from the prefix.

pd A positive integer specifying the number of digits to delete from the front of the carrier ID string.

del-suffix Specifies digits to delete from the suffix.

sd A positive integer specifying the number of digits to delete from the end of the carrier ID string.

add-prefix Specifies digits to add to the start of the dialed string.

pa A string of digits to add to the front of the carrier ID string.

replace Replaces the dialed string with the configured digits.

ds A string of digits with which to replace the carrier ID string.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands edit

host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-natable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# exit


match-number Configures the match value of an entry in a number analysis table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands edit-cic

edit-cicTo manipulate a carrier identification code in any number analysis table, use the edit-cic command in the NA-DST-number-table configuration mode. The no form of the command removes the configured string.

edit-cic {del-prefix pd | del-suffix sd | add-prefix pa | replace ds}

Syntax Description


Command Modes NA-DST-number-table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)

Command History

Usage Guidelines If you want to remove the carrier ID entirely from outgoing messages, specify a replacement string of 0 or a prefix deletion string of 4. For example:

edit-cic del-prefix 4

or

edit-cic replace 0


Note Only the replace action works. The other actions are ignored.

Examples The following command sets entry 1 to delete the first digit of the carrier ID in NA table MyNaTable:













OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands edit-cic

host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-src-account-table mytable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# edit-cic del-prefix 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)#



entry Enters the mode for configuring an entry in a number analysis table, creating the table, if necessary.

na-src-account-table Enters the mode for configuring a number analysis table within an SBE policy set, with entries that match the source account.

sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, it enters the configuration mode of an existing service.

sbe Enters the mode of an SBE entity within an SBC service.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands edit-src

edit-src To configure a source number manipulation action in the routing table, use the edit-src command in the routing table entry configuration mode. The no form of the command removes the configured string.

edit-src [del-prefix pd] | [del-suffix sd] | [add-prefix pa] | [replace ds]

Syntax Description


Command Modes Routing table entry (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)

Command History

Usage Guidelines You cannot use this command if the table is part of the active policy set.


Examples The following command sets entry 1 to delete the first digit of the carrier ID in NA table MyNaTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-st-address-table mytable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rttable)# entry 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# edit-src del-prefix 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)#












OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands edit-src




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands entry (profile)

entry (profile)To create or modify an entry in a profile, use the entry command in the SIP header configuration element configuration mode. To destroy the given entry in the profile, use the no form of this command.

entry entry_num {action [add-header | as-profile | drop-msg | pass | replace-name | replace-value | strip] | parameter-profile name}

no entry entry_num {action [add-header | as-profile | drop-msg | pass | replace-name | replace-value | strip] | parameter-profile name}

Syntax Description


Command Modes SIP header configuration element (config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to create create the default profile action:

host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile headerprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# header Tohost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)# 1 action as-profile

entry_num The entry number. Range is 0 to 2147483647.

action Specifies the type of action.

parameter-profile Adds a parameter-profile associated to header (outbound only).

add-header Adds a header regardless if one already exists.

as-profile Default profile action (whitelist/blacklist).

drop-msg Drop the message.

pass Pass on the header.

replace-name Replace the header name.

replace-value Replace the header content (value).

name Specifies the name of the parameter-profile. The maximum size is 30 characters.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands entry (profile)


show services sbc sbe sip header-profile Displays a list of all configured SIP header profiles.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands entry (table)

entry (table)To create or modify an entry in a table, use the entry command in the appropriate configuration mode. To destroy the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

entry entry_num

no entry entry_num

Syntax Description



NA routing table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)

RTG routing table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)

Command History


Note You cannot change the configuration of tables in the context of the active policy set. An entry may not be destroyed if the table is a part of the active policy set.

Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new admission control table, MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)#

entry_num Number of the table entry.

• For a CAC table, the index for the CAC policy entry. Range is 0 to 2000000.

• For an RTG routing table, the routing table entry number. Range is 0 to 2147483647.

• For an NA routing table, the number analysis table entry number. Range is 0 to 2147483647.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands entry (table)


match-time Configures the match time of an entry.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands fast-register disable

fast-register disableTo disable fast-path register support on the SIP adjacency, use the fast-register disable command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To enable fast-path register support, use the no form of this command.

fast-register disable

no fast-register disable


Command Default By default, the fast-path register feature is enabled.


Command History


Fast-path register is used to prevent the SBC from forwarding all SIP register messages to the softswitch, thus reducing the load on the softswitch. This is enabled by default and can be disabled using this command. When active, a SIP register message received from the same host and port as an existing registration, and with a nonzero expires interval, is immediately responded to without further parsing or other processing performed.

Examples The following example shows how to disable fast-path register support on the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# fast-register disable

Related Commands



Command Description

fast-register-interval Configures the fast-path register interval.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands fast-register-interval

fast-register-intervalTo configure the fast-path register interval (in seconds), use the fast-register-interval command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the fast-path register interval, use the no form of this command.

fast-register-interval interval

no fast-register-interval

Syntax Description



Command History


If fast-path register support is enabled on this adjacency, this is the minimum expiry period accepted on a subscriber registration. The interval at which registrations are forwarded on to the softswitch is governed by the reg-min-expiry value.

Note The interval must be less than the min-expiry value.

For fast-path registration to work properly, the recommended value for the Expires header in a SIP REGISTER message should be greater than three times the configured fast-register-interval on the adjacency. For example, if Expires = 600 and SBC fast-register-interval is configured to return 60, the Trident processor will keep the entry for 600-180 seconds, and the entry is marked dormant after 600-180 seconds in the application.

Examples The following example shows how to enable the fast-register interval on the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to 10 seconds:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# fast-register-interval 10

interval Specifies the interval value in seconds. Range is 1 to 2000000.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands fast-register-interval


fast-register disable Disables fast-path register support on the SIP adjacency.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-cac-prefix-len

first-cac-prefix-lenTo configure the prefix length to match on, use the first-cac-prefix-len command in CAC-policy-set configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

first-cac-prefix-len range

no first-cac-prefix-len range

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to match on the first 16 bits of the subscriber category:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-prefix-len 16

Related Commands

range Prefix length to match on. The range is 0 to 32.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-cac-scope

first-cac-scopeTo configure the scope at which to begin defining limits when performing the admission control stage of policy, use the first-cac-scope command in CAC-policy-set configuration mode. To delete the scope at which to begin defining limits when performing the admission control stage of policy, use the no form of this command.

first-cac-scope scope-name

no first-cac-scope scope-name

Syntax Description



Command History

scope-name Scope at which limits should be initially defined when performing the admission control stage of policy. Possible values are:

• adj-group—Limits for events from members of the same adjacency group.

• arc-adjacency—Limits for events from the same adjacency.

• call—Limits are per single call.

• dst-account—Limits for events sent to the same account.

• dst-adj-group—Limits for events sent to the same adjacency group.

• dst-adjacency—Limits for events sent to the same adjacency.

• dst-number—Limits for events that have the same adjacency number.

• global—Limits are global (May not be combined with any other option).

• src-account—Limits for events from the same account.

• src-adj-group—Limits for events from the same adjacency group.

• src-number—Limits for events that have the same source number.

• sub-category—Categorizes subscribers based on the source IP address in the registration requests.

• sub-category-pfx—Categorizes subscribers based on first few bits (specified with the first-cac-prefix-len command) of the subcriber category.

• subscriber—Categorizes subscribers based on the AOR specified in the registration requests



Release 3.1.00 The sub-category, sub-category-pfx, and subscriber keywords were added.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-cac-scope


Examples The following example shows how to set the scope category as the first scope at which to define an admission control policy in configuration set 1 on mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-scope src-adjacency




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-cac-table

first-cac-tableTo configure the name of the first policy table to process when performing the admission control stage of policy, use the first-cac-table command in CAC-policy-set configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

first-cac-table table-name

no first-cac-table table-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set the table RootCacTable as the first admission control table in configuration set 1 on mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table RootCacTable

Related Commands

table-name Specifies the admission control table that should be processed first.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-call-routing-table

first-call-routing-tableTo configure the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for new-call events, use the first-call-routing-table command in routing policy table mode. To deconfigure the name of the first policy table, use the no form of this command.

first-call-routing-table table-name

no first-call-routing-table

Syntax Description


Command Modes Routing policy table (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the table RootCallRtgTable as the first routing table for new-call events in configuration set 1 on mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# first-call-routing-table RootCallRtgTable

Related Commands

table-name Specifies the routing table that should be processed first.



Command Description

first-reg-routing-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for subscriber-registration events.

first-number-analysis-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the number analysis stage of policy.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-number-analysis-table

first-number-analysis-tableTo configure the name of the first policy table to process when performing the number analysis stage of policy, use the first-number-analysis-table command in routing policy table mode. To deconfigure the name of the first policy table, use the no form of this command.

first-number-analysis-table table-name

no first-number-analysis-table

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the table RootNaTable as the first number analysis table in configuration set 1 on mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# first-number-analysis-table RootNaTable

Related Commands

table-name Specifies the number analysis table that should be processed first.



Command Description

first-reg-routing-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for subscriber-registration events.



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands first-reg-routing-table

first-reg-routing-tableTo configure the name of the first policy table to process when performing the routing stage of policy for subscriber-registration events, use the first-reg-routing-table command in routing policy table mode. To deconfigure the name of the first policy table, use the no form of this command.

first-reg-routing-table table-name

no first-reg-routing-table

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the table RootRegRtgTable as the first routing table for subscriber-registration events in configuration set 1 on mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# first-reg-routing-table RootRegRtgTable

Related Commands

table-name Specifies the routing table that should be processed first.



Command Description

first-number-analysis-table Configures the name of the first policy table to process when performing the number analysis stage of policy.



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands force-signaling-peer

force-signaling-peerTo force SIP messages to go to the configured signaling peer, use the force-signaling-peer command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

force-signaling-peer

no force-signaling-peer




Command History


Examples The following example shows how to force SIP messages to go to the configured signaling peer:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# force-signaling-peerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# exit

Related Commands



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands global

globalTo enter the mode for configuring blacklisting to apply to all addresses, use the global command in the SBE blacklist configuration mode.

global




Command History


Examples The following example shows how to enter the mode for configuring blacklisting to apply to all addresses:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# globalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-global)#

Related Commands



Command Description








OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands group

groupTo configure an adjacency to an adjacency group, use the group command in the appropriate adjacency mode. To remove the adjacency from the specified group, use the no form of this command.

group word

no group word

Syntax Description




Command History


Examples The following example shows how the group command assigns a SIP adjacency named sipGW to adjacency group named InternetEth0:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip sipGWhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# group InternetEth0

The following example shows how the group command assigns an H.323 adjacency named H323ToIsp42 to an adjacency group named Isp42.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 H323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# group Isp42

Related Commands

word Indicates the group name for the adjacency. The maximum size is 32 characters.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h225 timeout

h225 timeoutTo configure the H.225 timeout interval, use the h225 timeout command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

h225 timeout {setup | proceeding | establishment} value

no h225 timeout {setup | proceeding | establishment} value

Syntax Description




Command History


Examples The following example shows how the h225 timeout command configures an H.225 timeout interval in adjacency H.323 configuration mode:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# h225 timeout setup 30host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# h225 timeout proceeding 30host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# h225 timeout establishment 30

The following example shows how the h225 timeout command configures an H.225 timeout interval in H.323 configuration mode:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe

setup Specifies the setup state. Default value for this state is 4 seconds.

proceeding Specifies the proceeding state. Default value for this state is 10 seconds.

establishment Specifies the establishment state. Default value for this state is 180 seconds.

value Specifies the timeout period in seconds. For setup and proceeding timeout periods, valid values are from 1 to 30. For establishment timeout, valid values are from 30 to 300.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h225 timeout

host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# h225 timeout setup 30host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# h225 timeout proceeding 30host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# h225 timeout establishment 30




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h245-address-pass

h245-address-passTo specify when an H.245 address is passed to the caller when the caller does not support tunneling, use the h245-address-pass command in the vDBE configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

h245-address-pass {immediate | wait-connect}

no h245-address-pass {immediate | wait-connect}

Syntax Description

Command Default Default value is immediate.

Command Modes vDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the vDBE H.248 Ia profile to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE):

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 adj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-address ipv4 10.140.90.20host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-port 1720host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# remote-address ipv4 172.16.100.107 255.255.255.255host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-peer 172.16.100.107host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-peer-port 1720host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# dbe-location-id 4294967295host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# h245-address-pass wait-connecthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# attach

Related Commands

immediate Pass H.245 address immediately to caller.

wait-connect Pass H.245 address to caller until call is connected.



Command Description

h245-tunnel disable Disables H.245 tunneling on a per-adjacency basis.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h245-tunnel disable

h245-tunnel disableTo disable H.245 tunneling on a per-adjacency basis, use the h245-tunnel disable command in adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To enable tunneling, use the no form of this command.

h245-tunnel disable

no h245-tunnel disable




Command History


Examples The following example shows how the h245-tunnel disable command disables H.245 tunneling on an H.323 adjacency named H323ToIsp42:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 H323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# h245-tunnel disable

Related Commands



Command Description

h245-address-pass Specifies when an H.245 address is passed to the caller when the caller does not support tunneling.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h248 allow-all-mg

h248 allow-all-mg To configure the H.248 signaling stack to allow connections from all Media Gateways, use the h248 allow-all-mg command in the SBE configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to deconfigure the H.248 signaling stack from allowing connections from all media gateways,

h248 allow-all-mg

no h-248 allow-all-mg


Command Default Default is the no form of this command


Command History


Examples The following command configures the H.248 signaling stack to allow any Media Gateway to connect to the SBE:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h248 allow-all-mghost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)#

Related Commands



Command Description

h248-profile Configures the vDBE H.248 profile name to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE).

h248-profile-version Configures the vDBE H.248 profile version to interoperate with media gateway controller (SBE).

h248 version configure the version of an H.248 protocol for a VDBE when forming associations with an H.248 controller.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h248-profile

h248-profileTo configure the vDBE H.248 profile name to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE), use the h248-profile command in the vDBE configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

h248-profile {etsi-bgf | gatecontrol}

no h248-profile

Syntax Description

Command Default Default value is gatecontrol.

Command Modes vDBE configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)

Command History

Usage Guidelines To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode. The “Examples” section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.

Use the h248-profile command to enter vDBE H.248 profile configuration mode.

After the DBE is configured to use the H.248 profile name, the applicable profile name is advertised with the Service Change messages.

Examples The following example shows how to configure the vDBE H.248 Ia profile to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE):

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# h248-profile etsi-bgfhost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248-profile)#

etsi-bgf Configures the Ia profile for ESSI_BGF.

gatecontrol Configures the Cisco profile for the SBC_GateControl.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h248-profile


h248-profile-version Configures the vDBE H.248 profile version to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE).

show services sbc dbe h248-profile

Displays the information on the specified profile, including transport, H.248 version, and active packages.

vdbe Enters Virtual Data Border Element (vDBE) configuration mode.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h248-profile-version

h248-profile-versionTo configure the vDBE H.248 profile version to interoperate with media gateway controller (SBE), use the h248-profile-version command in the vDBE H.248 profile configuration mode.To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

h248-profile-version {profile-version}

no h248-profile-version

Syntax Description

Command Default Default value is 3.

Command Modes vDBE H.248 profile configuration (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248-profile)

Command History


Use the h248-profile-version command after you have defined the name of the profile using the h248-profile command.

Examples The following example shows how to configure the vDBE H.248 profile version to interoperate with the media gateway controller (SBE):

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# h248-profile etsi-bgfhost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248-profile)# h248-profile-version 1

Related Commands

profile-version Version number of the H.248 profile. The values are from 1 to 3. The value of 3 stands for gatecontrol. The value of 1 stands for etsi-bgf.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h248-profile-version

show services sbc dbe h248-profile

Displays the information on the specified profile, including transport, H.248 version, and active packages.

vdbe Enters Virtual Data Border Element (vDBE) configuration mode.

Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h248-version

h248-version To configure the version of an H.248 protocol for a VDBE when forming associations with an H.248 controller, use the h248-version command in VDBE mode. To leave the default as version 2 of the H.248 protocol, use the no form of this command.

h248-version version-number

no h248-version version-number

Syntax Description

Command Default h248 version 2 is used.

Command Modes sbc-dbe-vdbe mode (config-sbc-sbe-dbe-vdbe)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the h248-version command configures the vDBE to use version 3 of the H.248 protocol:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin:router(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbehost1/Admin:router(config-sbc-sbe-dbe-vdbe)# h248-version 3

Related Commands

version-number Specifies the version number. The default version is 2.



Command Description

h248 allow-all-mg Configures the H.248 signaling stack to allow connections from all Media Gateways.


h248-profile-version Configures the vDBE H.248 profile version to interoperate with media gateway controller (SBE).


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands h323

h323To enter the H.323 configuration mode, use the h323 command in SBE configuration mode.

h323




Command History


Examples The following example shows how to enter the H.323 configuration mode:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)#

Related Commands



Command Description

hunting-trigger Configures failure return codes to trigger hunting.

ras retry Configures an H.323 Registration, Admission, and Status (RAS) retry count for an RAS transaction type.

ras rrq Configures the registration request (RRQ).

ras timeout Configures an H.323 RAS timeout interval.

adjacency timout Configures the adjacency retry timeout interval.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands header

headerTo add a header with a specified name to a SIP message profile, use the header command in SIP header-profile configuration mode. To remove the method from the profile, use the no form of this command.

header header-name

no header header-name

Syntax Description


Command Modes SIP header configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the header command adds the header “test” to the header profile MyProfile:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile MyProfilehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# header test

Related Commands

header-name Specifies the name of the header added to the header profile. Valid names are 1 to 32 characters in length (inclusive) and are case-sensitive.



Command Description

blacklist Configures SIP header or method blacklist profiles on a SIP message.

description Configures descriptive text for a SIP header.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands header-profile

header-profile To set a specified header profile for inbound and outbound signaling on a specified SBE SIP adjacency, use the header-profile command in adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To disable the specified header profile, use the no form of this command.

header-profile {inbound | outbound} profile-name

no header-profile {inbound | outbound} profile-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the header-profile command sets header profiles for inbound and outbound signaling on an SBE SIP adjacency test:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip testhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# header-profile inbound Profile1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# header-profile outbound Profile2host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)#

Related Commands

inbound | outbound Sets the inbound and outbound SIP header profiles.

profile-name Specifies the name of the header profile to be set for inbound or outbound signaling on a specified adjacency. If you enter the name default, the default header profile is set for inbound or outbound signaling.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe sip header-profile Displays a list of all configured SIP header profiles.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands hold-media-timeout

hold-media-timeoutTo configure the time an SBE will wait after receiving a media timeout notification from the DBE for an on-hold call before tearing that call down, use the hold-media-timeout command in SBE configuration mode. To set the number to its default, use the no form of this command.

hold-media-timeout timeout

no hold-media-timeout timeout

Syntax Description

Command Default The default value is 0.


Command History


Examples The following command configures the SBE to wait two hours after receiving the last media packet on an on-hold call before cleaning up the call resources:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# hold-media-timeout 7200 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)#

Related Commands

timeout Specifies the time an SBE will wait after receiving a media timeout notification from the DBE for an on-hold call before tearing that call down.



Command Description

sbe Configures the submode of the SBE entity within an SBC service.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands hunting-trigger

hunting-triggerTo configure failure return codes to trigger hunting, use the hunting-trigger command in one of its supported modes: H.323 (global H.323 scope), adjacency SIP (destination SIP adjacency), and adjacency h323 (destination H.323 adjacency).

The no form of the command clears all error codes.

If you enter no hunting-trigger x y, then just codes x and y are removed from the configured list.

hunting-trigger {error-codes | disable} error-codes

no hunting-trigger {error-codes | disable} error-codes

Syntax Description


Command Modes H.323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-h323)



Command History

Usage Guidelines If you enter hunting-trigger x followed by hunting-trigger y, the value of x is replaced with y.

To set both x and y to be hunting triggers, you must enter hunting-trigger x y.

error-codes(SIP and adjacency modes)

Signifies a space-separated list of SIP numeric error codes.

error-codes

(h323 and adjacency

h323 modes)

Specifies one of the following values:

• noBandwidth—H.225 no bandwidth response.

• unreachableDestination—H.225 unreachable destination response.

• destinationRejection—H.225 destination rejection response.

• noPermission—H.225 no permission response.

• gatewayResources—H.225 gateway Resources response.

• badFormatAddress—H.225 bad format address response.

• securityDenied— H.225 security denied response.

• connectFailed—Internal response.

• noRetry—Specifies that routing should never be retried for this adjacency no matter what failure return code is received.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands hunting-trigger

To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode.

The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.

In the adjacency SIP or H.323 adjacency modes, if you specify the special hunting-trigger value of disable, routes are never retried to this adjacency, even if the error code is on the global retry list.

Examples H.323 mode

The following example shows how to configure H.323 to retry routing if it receives a noBandwidth or securityDenied error:YES

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe-h323)# hunting-trigger noBandwidth securityDenied

SIP adjacency mode

The following example shows how to configure SIP to retry routing to the SIP adjacency SipAdj1 if it receives a 415 (media unsupported) or 480 (temporarily unavailable) error: YES

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# hunting-trigger 415 480


show services sbc sbe hunting-trigger Shows the the H.323 or SIP hunting triggers at the global level.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands inherit profile

inherit profileTo configure a global inherit profile for the SIP adjacency, use the inherit profile command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the global inherit profile, use the no form of this command.

inherit profile {preset-access | preset-core | preset-ibcf-ext-untrusted | preset-ibcf-external | preset-ibcf-internal | preset-p-cscf-access | preset-p-cscf-core | preset-peering | preset-standard-non-ims}

no inherit profile

Syntax Description



SBE configuration(config-sbc-sbe)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the sip inherit profile command is used to configure a P-CSCF-access inherit profile on a SIP adjacency:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# inherit profile preset-p-cscf-access

preset-access Specifies a preset access profiles.

preset-core Specifies a preset core profile.

preset-ibcf-ext-untrusted Specifies a preset IBCF external untrusted profile.

preset-ibcf-external Specifies a preset IBCF external profile.

preset-ibcf-internal Specifies a preset IBCF internal profile.

preset-p-cscf-access Specifies a preset P-CSCF-access profile.

preset-p-cscf-core Specifies a preset P-CSCF-core profile.

preset-peering Sepcifies a preset peering profile.

preset-standard-non-ims Specified a preset standard-non-IMS profile.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands inherit profile




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands invite-timeout

invite-timeoutTo configure the time that SBC waits for a final response to an outbound SIP invite request, use the invite-timeout command in IP timer configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

invite-timeout {interval-value}

no invite-timeout

Syntax Description

Command Default The default wait interval is 180 seconds. If no response is received during that time, an internal 408 request timeout response is generated and is sent to the caller.

Command Modes SIP timer (config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)

Command History



Examples The following example shows how to configure the SBC to time out invite transactions after 60 seconds:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# invite-timeout 60host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# exit

Related Commands

interval-value Time, in seconds, SBC waits before timing out an outbound invite request.



Command Description

udp-response-linger-period Configures the time period that SBC retains negative UDP responses to invite requests.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ip host

ip hostTo resolve hostnames to IP addresses in evaluation cases where a DNS server is not available, use the ip host command in Global configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

ip host hostname ip_address

no ip host hostname ip_address

Syntax Description

Command Default The default wait interval is 180 seconds. If no response is received during that time, an internal 408 request timeout response is generated and is sent to the caller.

Command Modes Global configuration (config)

Command History



Caution The ip host command provides a mechanism to resolve hostnames to IP addresses in evaluation cases where a DNS server is not available. Properly designed networks rely on DNS infrastructure to manage the mapping of hostnames to IP addresses in a scalable and consistent network-wide manner. Use of the ip host command in conjunction with a DNS server may result in an undesireable result when the local configuration conflicts with the global DNS mapping.

Examples The following example shows how to configure the SBC to time out invite transactions after 60 seconds:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# ip host host_1 172.18.51.20

hostname Specifies the hostname.

ip_address Specifies the IP address.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ip precedence

ip precedenceTo configure an IP precedence with which to mark IP packets belonging to the given QoS profile, use the ip precedence command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

ip precedence value

no ip precedence

Syntax Description

Command Default value: 0

Command Modes Qos sig configuration (config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the QoS profile to mark IP packets with a precedence of 1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos sig residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)# ip precedence 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)#

Related Commands

value Specifies the IP precedence with which to mark packets. Range is 0 to 7.



Command Description





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ip TOS

ip TOSTo configure an IP ToS (type of service) with which to mark IP packets belonging to the QoS profile, use the ip TOS command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return the QoS profile to setting the default IP ToS, use the no form of this command.

ip TOS value

no ip TOS

Syntax Description

Command Default The default IP ToS is 0 (normal service).




Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure an IP TOS:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos sig residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)# ip tos 12host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)#

value Specifies the IP ToS with which to mark packets. This may be a value of 0 (normal service) or a bitfield consisting of one or more of the following bits OR’ed together:

• 8: Minimize delay.

• 4: Maximize throughput.

• 2: Maximize reliability.

• 1: Minimize monetary cost.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ip TOS






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ipv4 (blacklist)

ipv4 (blacklist)To enter the mode for applying blacklisting options to a single IP address or for configuring the default event limits for the source addresses in a given VPN (where the IP address is under the VPN), use the ipv4 command in the SBE blacklist configuration mode. Use the no form of the command to remove the blacklist entry for an address.

ipv4 ip address

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to enter the mode for applying blacklisting options to a single IP address:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklisthost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)#

Related Commands

IP address Specifies the IPv4 H.248 control address.



Command Description






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ipv4 (blacklist)



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ipv4 (SBE H.248)

ipv4 (SBE H.248)To configure an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 control address, use the ipv4 command in H.248 control address configuration mode. To delete a given IPv4 H.248 control address, use the no form of this command.

ipv4 IP address

no ipv4 IP address

Syntax Description


Command Modes H.248 control address (config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 control address:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address h248 index 0host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)#

Related Commands

IP address Specifies the IPv4 H.248 control address.



Command Description


Selects index value and enters H.248 control address mode.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands key

keyTo configure the authentication key of the accounting and authentication servers, use the key command in the appropriate server configuration mode. To disable any previously set authentication key, use the no form of this command.

key key

no key

Syntax Description




Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the acctsvr accounting server with the authentication key HJ5689 and acctsvr2 accounting server with the authentication key cisco on mySbc for RADIUS client instance radius1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting radius1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server acctsvrhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# key HJ5689host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server acctsvr2host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# key ciscohost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# exit

Related Commands

key Specifies the authentication key. This is only valid if authentication is turned on.



Command Description

radius Configures a RADIUS client for accounting or authentication purposes.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ldr-check

ldr-check To configure the time of day (local time) to run the Long Duration Check (LDR), use the ldr-check command in SBE billing configuration mode. To return to 00:00, use the no form of this command.

ldr-check {HH MM}

no ldr-check

Syntax Description

Command Default HH MM: 00 00


Command History



Examples The following example shows how to configure the remote long-duration-call check to occur at 10.30 p.m., to specify the time each day when SBC should check for any call whose duration is over 24 hours:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# ldr-check 22 30

Related Commands

HH:MM Time in hours and minutes using a 24-hour clock. The range of the HH argument is 0 to 23. The range of the MM argument is 0 to 59.



Command Description







OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ldr-check





Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands local-address ipv4 (packet-cable)

local-address ipv4 (packet-cable)To configure the local address of the packet-cable billing instance, use the local-address ipv4 command in the packetcable-em configuration mode. To disable the local address, use the no form of this command.

local-address ipv4 A.B.C.D.

no local-address ipv4

Syntax Description

Command Default The default is 0.0.0.0.


Command History


If no address is configured, the SBC uses any local address.

Examples The following example shows how to enter the billing mode for mySbc:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing (config-sbc-sbe-billing)# packetcable-em 4 transport radius test(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)# local-address ipv4 10.10.10.10

Related Commands

A.B.C.D. Local IPv4 address to be configured.


Release 3.1.00 This command was modified.

Command Description


attach activate the billing for a RADIUS client





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands local-address ipv4 (packet-cable)











Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands local-address ipv4

local-address ipv4 To configure the local IPv4 address that appears in the CDR, use the local-address ipv4 command in SBE billing configuration mode. To deconfigure the local IPV4 address, use the no form of this command.

local-address ipv4 {A.B.C.D.}

no local-address ipv4

Syntax Description


Command Modes SBE billing configuration

Command History



Note This field cannot be reconfigured when billing is active.

Examples The following example shows how to configure the local-address to 10.20.1.1 for the billing:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billing remotehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# local-address ipv4 10.20.1.1

Related Commands

A.B.C.D. Local IPv4 address to be configured.



Command Description





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands local-address ipv4







Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands local-id host

local-id hostTo configure the local identify name on a SIP adjacency, use the local-id command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

local-id host name

no local-id host

Syntax Description

Command Default When the name field is not set, the local signaling address is used in SIP messages.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set the SIP local identity of SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to mcarthur:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# local-id host mcarthur

Related Commands

name Specifies the local identity name to present on outbound SIP messages. This may be a DNS name. This must not contain the port. The maximum size is 255 characters.



Command Description

adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands local-port

local-port To configure a DBE to use a specific local port when connecting to the default MGC, use the local-port command in the VDBE configuration mode. To disable this configuration, use the no form of this command.

local-port {abcd}

no local-port {abcd}

Syntax Description

Command Default Default is to use local port 2944. Note that use-any-local-port should not be used when there is a redundant Session Border Controller (SBC). If it is, the connection to the MGC may be lost with an SBC switch over.


Command History


The local port cannot be modified after any controller has been configured on the vDBE. You must delete the controller before you can modify or configure the local port.

Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, and configures the DBE to use the local port number 5090:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# local-port 5090host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# exit

Related Commands

abcd This is the number of the local port the DBE uses.



Command Description

use-any-local-port Configures a DBE to use any available local port when connecting to the default MGC.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands location-id

location-idTo configure the location ID for a DBE service of the session border controller (SBC), use the location-id command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To set the location ID to the default, use the no form of this command.

location-id location-id

no location-id location-id

Syntax Description

Command Default The default location-id is -1


Command History


The no form of the command does not take an argument and sets the location-id to the default, which is 0xFFFFFFFF (-1).

A location ID is configured on each DBE. The SBE may associate endpoints with a particular location ID and then use the location IDs to route calls between different DBEs.

Use the dbe command to enter into SBC-DBE configuration mode prior to entering the location-id command.

Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration mode, and sets the location ID for a DBE to be 1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# location-id 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit

Related Commands

location-id The location ID of the DBE. The location ID range is from -1 to 65535.



Command Description

dbe Creates the DBE service on an SBC and enters into DBE-SBE configuration mode.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands mandatory-transport

mandatory-transportTo set the mandatory transport for an adjacency, use the mandatory-transport command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To enable fast-path register support, use the no form of this command.

mandatory-transport {tcp | udp}

no mandatory-transport {tcp | udp}

Syntax Description

Command Default Adjacencies use UDP by default.


Command History


Fast-path register is used to prevent the SBC from forwarding all SIP register messages to the softswitch, thus reducing the load on the softswitch. This is enabled by default and can be disabled using this command. When active, a SIP register message received from the same host and port as an existing registration, and with a nonzero expires interval, is immediately responded to without further parsing or other processing performed.

Examples The following example shows how to configure TCP as the mandatory transport on the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# mandatory-transport tcp

Related Commands

tcp Sets the mandatory transport to TCP.

udp Sets the mandatory transport to UDP.



Command Description

preferred-transport Configures the preferred transport protocol for SIP signaling on an adjacency.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands map-status-code

map-status-codeTo enter the map status code mapping submode, use the map-status-code command in the SIP method-profile element configuration mode.

map-status-code

Syntax Description


Command Modes SIP method-profile element configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth-ele)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the map-status-code command enters the map status code mapping submode:

Router/Admi# configureRouter/Admi(config)# sbc testRouter/Admi(config-sbc)# sbeRouter/Admi(config-sbc-sbe)# sip method-profile mthdprof1Router/Admi(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)# method INVITERouter/Admi(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth-ele)# map-status-code Router/Admi(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth-ele-map)#

method name Specifies the name of the method added to the method profile. Valid names are 1 to 32 characters in length (inclusive) and are case-sensitive.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands marking

markingTo configure whether the QoS profile will mark packets with a DSCP value or an IP precedence and ToS value, use the marking command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

marking type

no marking

Syntax Description





Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the QoS profile to mark IP packets with DSCPs:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos sig residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-qos-sig)# marking dscp

Related Commands

type Specifies the type of marking. Possible values are:

• dscp: Marks packets with a DSCP value.

• ip-precedence: Marks packets with an IP precedence and TOS value.

• passthrough: No packet marking.



Command Description





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-account

match-accountTo configure the match account of an entry in the number analysis or routing table whose entries match against the source account, use the match-account command in routing table entry configuration mode. To delete the match value, use the no form of this command.

match-account key

no match-account key

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new number analysis table MyNaTable and sets the source account it matches against:

host1/Admin# configureAdmin/Router(config)# sbc mySbc sbeAdmin/Router(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1Admin/Router(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-src-account-table MyNaTableAdmin/Router(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1Admin/Router(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# match-account router_eastern

Related Commands

key Specifies the account to match.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-address

match-addressTo configure the match value of an entry in a routing table whose entries match against the destination or source dialed number, use the match-address command in routing table entry configuration mode. To delete the match value, use the no form of this command.

match-address key [regex]

no match-address key [regex]

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable and sets the dialed number (destination address) it matches against:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-address-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-address 999

Related Commands

key Specifies the string used to match the address. Maximum size is 255 characters.

regex Optional. Specifies that the address string is a regular expression.


Release 3.1.0 Added the optional regex keyword.


Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-adjacency

match-adjacencyTo configure the match value of an entry in a number analysis or routing table whose entries match against the source adjacency, use the match-adjacency command in routing table configuration mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.

match-adjacency key

no match-adjacency key

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable and sets the source adjacency it matches against:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-adjacency-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-adjacency ADJ1

Related Commands

key Specifies the match adjacency. Use an asterisk to match all adjacencies.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-category

match-categoryTo configure the match value of an entry in a routing table matching on the category, use the match-category command in routing table configuration mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.

match-category WORD

no match-category WORD

Syntax Description



Command History


You cannot use this command if the table is part of the active policy set.

Examples The following example configures the match-value of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-category-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-category emergencyhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end

Related Commands

WORD Specifies the name of the category match. The maximum size is 30 characters.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-cic

match-cicTo match on the carrier ID code in a routing table, use the match-cic command in routing table entry mode. The no form of the command deletes the precedence of the given entry in the routing table.

match-cic word [any | none]

no match-cic word [any | none]

Syntax Description

Command Default The default precedence of an entry is any.


Command History


Examples The following is an example of using the match-cic command match on any carrier ID present.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-carrier-id-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 2host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-cic any

Related Commands

word Match value key; the maximum size is 30 characters.

any Match any carrier ID (match on any carrier ID present).

none Match null carrier ID (match if no carrier ID is present).



Command Description





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-cic

rtg-carrier-id-table Enters the configuration mode for creation or configuration of a routing table, whose entries match the carrier ID of an SBE call policy set.

entry Enters the configuration submode for creation or configuration of a routing table, whose entries match the source domain name of an SBE call policy set.

Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-domain

match-domainTo create or modify the match domain of an entry in a routing table matching on the source domain, use the match-domain command in call policy routing table mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.

match-domain key [regex]

no match-domain key [regex]

Syntax Description


Command Modes Call policy routing table (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)

Command History

Usage Guidelines You cannot create or modify the match domain of an entry in a routing table matching on the source domain if the table is part of the active policy set.


Examples The following command configures the match-domain of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable to be cisco.com:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-domain-table MyRtgTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-domain cisco.comhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exit

key Specifies the string used to match the dialed number.

regex Optional. Specifies that the address string is a regular expression.


Release 3.1.0 Added the optional regex keyword.



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-domain





rst-dst-domain-table Enters the configuration mode for creation of a routing table, with entries that match the destination domain name of an SBE call policy set.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-number

match-numberTo configure the match value of an entry in the number analysis table whose entries match against the whole dialed number, use the match-number command in NA-DST-number-table configuration mode. To delete the match value, use the no form of this command.

match-number key

no match-number key

Syntax Description


Command Modes NA-DST-number-table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new NA table MyNaTable and sets the dialed number it matches against:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-number-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# match-number 9XXX

Related Commands

key Specifies the string used to match the dialed number.



Command Description

caller-video-qos-profile Configures the action of an entry in a number analysis table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-prefix

match-prefixTo configure the match value of an entry in the number analysis table whose entries match against the start of the dialed number, use the match-prefix command in SBE routing policy number analysis table entry configuration mode. To delete the match value, use the no form of this command.

match-prefix word

no match-prefix word

Syntax Description


Command Modes Number analysis table configuration (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)

Command History


Use the match-prefix command to configure number analysis destination prefix tables.

Examples The following example shows how to create an entry in the new NA table MyNaTable and sets the dialed number prefix it matches against:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-prefix-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable-entry)# match-prefix *X*

Related Commands

word Value of prefix string used to match the start of the dialed number. Maximum size is 32 characters.



Command Description

action (NA-) Configures the action of an entry in the number analysis table with entries of the table matching a dialed number (prefix or whole number) or the source adjacency or account.



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-prefix

entry Creates or modifies an entry in a number analysis or routing table

na-dst-prefix-table Configures a number analysis table with numbers that match the prefix of the dialed number within an SBE policy set.

Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-prefix len

match-prefix lenTo configure the match value of an entry in a routing table matching on the prefix length (netmask), use the match-prefix len command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.

match-prefix-len length

no match-prefix-len length

Syntax Description



Command History



host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-category-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-prefix-len 24host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end

Related Commands

length Range: 0-32



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-type

match-typeTo configure the match type of anadmission control table, use the match-type command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the match-type of the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

match-type table-type

no match-type table-type

Syntax Description



table-type The type of the table. This parameter governs the syntax of the match-value fields of the entries in the table. The entries in the table then all correspond to different values of call priority, which must be one of the following strings:

• account—Compare the name of the account.

• adj-group—Compare the name of the adjacency group.

• adjacency—Compare the name of the adjacency.

• all—No comparison type. All events match this type.

• call-priority—Compare with call priority.

• category—Compare the number analysis assigned category.

• dst-account—Compare the name of the destination account.

• dst-adj-group—Compare the name of the destination adjacency group.

• dst-adjacency—Compare the name of the destination adjacency.

• dst-prefix—Compare the beginning of the dialed digit string.

• event-type—Compare with CAC policy event types.

• policy-set—The match-type is a cac-policy-table.

• src-account—Compare the name of the source account.

• src-adj-group—Compare the name of the source adjacency group.

• src-adjacency—Compare the name of the source adjacency.

• src-prefix—Compare the beginning of the calling number string.

• sub-category—Match based on subscriber category.

• sub-category-pfx—Match based on subscriber category IP prefix

The match-type parameter must be supplied when creating a table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-type

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the match-type of the admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type call-priority

Related Commands



Release 3.1.00 This command was modified with the addition of sub-category and sub-category-pfx table types.

Command Description


match-value Configures the match-value of an entry in an admission control table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-string

match-stringTo configure an SDP attribute matching string, use the match-string command in the SDP attribute table configuration mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.

match-string word

no match-string word

Syntax Description


Command Modes SDP attribute table configuration (config-sbc-sbe- sdpmatchtable-sdpattributetable)

Command History



host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp-match-table 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sdp-match-tbl)# match-string X-sqn

Related Commands

word Specifies the SDP attribute string. The maximum size is 30 characters.



Command Description


sdp-attribute-table Configures an SDP attribute table that lists the attributes to add or remove.

action (sdp) Configures an SDP policy table action.

sdp-policy-table Configure an SDP policy table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-table

match-tableTo configure an SDP match table used in a policy, use the match-table command in SDP policy table configuration mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.

match-table word

no match-table word

Syntax Description


Command Modes SDP policy table (config-sbc-sbe-sdp-policy-tbl)#

Command History



host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp-policy-table policytab2host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sdp-policy-tbl)# match-table matchtab2

Related Commands

word Specifies the SDP match table. The maximum size is 30 characters.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-time

match-timeTo configure the match time of an entry, use the match-time command in routing table entry configuration mode. To delete the match value of the given entry in the routing table, use the no form of this command.

match-time {[date yr year_low year_high mon month_low month_high day date_low date_high] [dow DoW_low DoW_high] [tod hr hour_low hour_high min minute_low minute_high]}

no match-time {[date yr year_low year_high mon month_low month_high day date_low date_high] [dow DoW_low DoW_high] [tod hr hour_low hour_high min minute_low minute_high]}

Syntax Description



Command History

key Key: A string used to match the time and can include one or more of the following specifiers:

date_low - date_high—the inclusive range of dates (1-31).

date—date

day—date

DoW_low - DoW_high—the inclusive range of days (Sun-Mon).

dow—day of the week

hr—hour

hour_low - hour_high—the inclusive range of hours (0-23).

minute_low - minute_high—the inclusive range of minutes (0-59).

min—minute

mon—month

month_low - month_high—the inclusive range of months (1-12).

tod—time of day

yr—year

year_low - year_high—the inclusive range of years.

Note The high values are optional and if unspecified are set equal to the low values.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-time

Usage Guidelines You are not allowed to use this command if the table is part of the active policy set.



host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-category-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-time y:2006-2020host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands match-value

match-valueTo configure the match-value of an entry in an admission control table, use the match-value command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the match value in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

match-value key

no match-value key


OL-13499-04


Syntax Description



key Specifies the string used to match events. The format of the key is determined by the match-type of the enclosing table. Strings are:

WORD—Other than policy-set, call-priority and event-type (Max Size is 255).

adj-group—Events that are from members of the same adjacency group.

call—Scope limits are per single call.

call-update—Compare the beginning of the calling number string.

category—Events that have same category.

critical—Match calls with resource priority 'critical'.

dst-account—Events that are sent to the same account.

dst-adj-group—Events that are sent to the same adjacency group.

dst-adjacency—Events that are sent to the same adjacency.

dst-number—Events that have same destination.

endpoint-reg—Compare the name of the destination adjacency.

flash—Match calls with resource priority 'flash'.

flash-override—Match calls with resource priority 'flash-override'.

global—Scope limits are global

immediate—Match calls with resource priority 'immediate'.

new-call—Compare the beginning of the dialled digit string.

priority—Match calls with resource priority 'priority'.

routine—Match calls with resource priority 'routine'.

src-account—Events that are from the same account.

src-adj-group—Events that are from the same adjacency group.

src-adjacency—Events that are from the same adjacency.

src-number—Events that have same source number

sub-category—.Categorizes based on the source IP address in the registration requests.

sub-category-pfx—.Categorizes based on the first few bits (specified with the match-prefix-len command) of the subscriber category.

subscriber—Categorizes based on the AOR specified in the registration requests

vrf—VRF to use when match-type is sub-category or sub-category-pfx.In these instances, the match-value string is an IP address corresponding to a registered subscriber. If the registered subscriber is placed in a non-Admin VRF context, then vrf specifies the VRF name to which the registered subscriber belongs.


OL-13499-04


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the match-value for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value 0208366

The following example shows how to configure a match-value that places a registered subscriber with an IP address of 1.1.1.1 into VRF1:

host1/Admin# configure host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# match-value 1.1.1.1 vrf VRF1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)#

Related Commands



Release 3.1.00 This command was modified with additional keys.

Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-bandwidth

max-bandwidthTo configure the maximum bandwidth for an entry in an admission control table, use the max-bandwidth command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum bandwidth in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

max-bandwidth mbw

no max-bandwidth mbw

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum bandwidth for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-bandwidth 6000000

Related Commands

mbw Positive integer specifying the maximum rate at which call media should be admitted (in bytes per second) at the relevant scope.



Command Description

max-call-rate Configures the maximum call rate for an entry in an admission control table.

max-channels Configures the maximum number of channels for an entry in an admission control table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-bandwidth

max-connections Configures the maximum number of SIP connections that will be made to each remote address.

max-num-calls Configures the maximum number of calls of an entry in an admission control table.

max-regs Configures the maximum number of subscriber registrations of an entry in an admission control table.

max-regs-rate Configures the maximum call number of subscriber registrations for an entry in an admission control table.

max-updates Configures the maximum call updates for an entry in an admission control table.

Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-call-rate

max-call-rateTo configure the maximum call rate for an entry in an admission control table, use the max-call-rate command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum call rate in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

max-call-rate mcr

no max-call-rate mcr

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum call rate for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-call-rate 30

Related Commands

mcr Positive integer specifying the maximum number of calls per minute to permit at the given scope.



Command Description

max-bandwidth Configures the maximum bandwidth for an entry in an admission control table.



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-call-rate






Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-channels

max-channelsTo configure the maximum number of channels for an entry in an admission control table, use the max-channels command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum number of channels in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

max-channels mc

no max-channels mc

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of channels for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-channels 50

Related Commands

mc Positive integer specifying the maximum number of media channels to permit at the relevant scope.



Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-channels






Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-in-call-rate

max-in-call-rateTo configure the maximum in call rate, use the max-in-call-rate command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To disable the call rate, use the no form of this command.

max-in-call-rate rate

no max-in-call-rate rate

Syntax Description

Command Default No limit.


Command History


Examples The following command configures the maximum number of connections to each remote address to 1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-in-call-rate 33

Related Commands

rate The maximum number of in-call messages per minute. The range is 0-4294967295.



Command Description

max-out-call-rate Configures the maximum out call rate.





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-in-call-rate





Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-num-calls

max-num-callsTo configure the maximum number of calls of an entry in an admission control table, use the max-num-calls command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To delete the maximum number of calls in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

max-num-calls mnc

no max-num-calls mnc

Syntax Description


Command Modes CAC table entry configuration (config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of calls for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-num-calls 50

Related Commands

mnc Positive integer specifying the maximum number of calls to permit at the relevant scope.



Command Description





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-num-calls





Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-out-call-rate

max-out-call-rateTo configure the maximum out call rate, use the max-out-call-rate command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To disable the maximum out call rate, use the no form of this command.

max-out-call-rate rate

no max-out-call-rate rate

Syntax Description

Command Default No limit.


Command History



host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-out-call-rate 33

Related Commands

rate The maximum number of call-out messages per minute. The range is 0-4294967295.



Command Description

max-in-call-rate





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-out-call-rate





Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-regs

max-regsTo configure the maximum number of subscriber registrations of an entry in an admission control table, use the max-regs command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum number of subscriber registrations in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

max-regs mr

no max-regs mr

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of subscriber registrations for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-regs 500

Related Commands

mrr Positive integer specifying the maximum number of subscriber registrations to permit at the relevant scope.



Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-regs






Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-regs-rate

max-regs-rateTo configure the maximum call number of subscriber registrations for an entry in an admission control table, use the max-regs-rate command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum number of subscriber registrations in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

max-regs mrr

no max-regs mrr

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines Only one parameter may be supplied for each command.


Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum registration rate for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable::

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-reg-rates 150

Related Commands

mrr A positive integer specifying the maximum number of subscriber registrations per minute to permit at the relevant scope. Only one parameter may be supplied for each command.



Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-regs-rate






Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-updates

max-updatesTo configure the maximum call updates for an entry in an admission control table, use the max-updates command in CAC table configuration mode. To delete the maximum call updates in the given entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

max-updates mu

no max-updates mu

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of call updates for an entry in the new admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# first-cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# match-type dst-prefixhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# max-updates 500

Related Commands

mu Positive integer specifying the maximum number of updates to call media to permit at the relevant scope.



Command Description





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands max-updates





Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address ipv4

media-address ipv4 To add an IPv4 address to the set of addresses that can be used by the DBE as a local media address, use the media-address ipv4 command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To remove an IPv4 from the set of local media addresses, use the no form of this command.

media-address ipv4 {A.B.C.D} {E.F.G.H}

no media-address ipv4 {A.B.C.D} {E.F.G.H}

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines After you have configured a local media address, the media address cannot be modified while the DBE service is active. Deactivate the DBE with the no activate command first.

The media address is a pool of IP addresses on the DBE for media relay functionality. A pool of addresses is defined for the Global VPN that the DBE is attached to. All vDBEs within the DBE draw media addresses from this pool.


Examples The following commands add addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 to the address pool:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address pool ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit

A.B.C.D This is the starting IPv4 media address on an SBC interface, which can be used for media arriving on the DBE.

E.F.G.H This is the ending IPv4 media address on an SBC interface, which can be used for media arriving on the DBE.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address ipv4


media-address pool ipv4

Creates a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses,




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address ipv4 port-range

media-address ipv4 port-range To create a port range associated with an IPv4 address within a media address or a pool of media addresses where the class of service for the port range is any, video, or voice class of service, use the media-address ipv4 port-range command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To delete such a port range, use the no form of this command.

media-address ipv4 ipaddr port-range min-port max-port { any | video | voice }

no media-address ipv4 ipaddr port-range min-port max-port { any | video | voice }

Syntax Description

Command Default min-port = 16,384

max-port = 32,767


Command History

Usage Guidelines Command is only valid in the media address or address range submodes.

Examples The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with IPv4 address 10.10.10.1 within a media address or a pool of media addresses for the port range for any class of service:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 port-range 10000 20000 video

The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with IPv4 address 10.10.10.1 within a media address or a pool of media addresses where the class of service for the port range is video:

ipaddr The IP address.

min-port The starting port number of the range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the min-port value specified must be less than or equal to the max-port value specified. If a min-port value is not configured, the default value is 16384.

max-port The ending port number of the range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the max-port value specified must be greater than or equal to the min-port value specified. If a max-port value is not configured, the default value is 32767.

any Configures the port range applies to any class of service.

video Configures the port range applies to video class of service.

voice Configures the port range applies to voice class of service.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address ipv4 port-range

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 port-range 10000 20000 video

The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with IPv4 address 10.10.10.1 within a media address or a pool of media addresses where the class of service for the port range is voice:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 port-range 10000 20000 voice


media-address ipv4 port-range video Create a port range associated with an IPv4 address within a media address or a pool of media addresses where the class of service for the port range is video.

media-address ipv4 port-range voice Create a port range associated with an IPv4 address within a media address or a pool of media addresses where the class of service for the port range is voice.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address ipv4 vrf port-range

media-address ipv4 vrf port-range To create a port range associated with an IPv4 address that is associated with a specific VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance within a media address or a pool of media addresses where the class of service for the port range is any,video, or voice, use the media-address ipv4 vrf port-range any command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To delete such a port range, use the no form of this command.

media-address ipv4 ipaddr vrf vrf-name port-range start-port end-port { any | video | voice }

media-address ipv4 ipaddr vrf vrf-name port-range start-port end-port { any | video | voice }

Syntax Description

Command Default start-port = 16,384

end-port = 32,767


Command History

Usage Guidelines Command is only valid in the media address or address range submodes.

ipaddr The IP address of the VRF.

start-port The starting port number of the range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the min-port value specified must be less than or equal to the max-port value specified. If a min-port value is not configured, the default value is 16384.

end-port The ending port number of the range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the max-port value specified must be greater than or equal to the min-port value specified. If a max-port value is not configured, the default value is 32767.

vrf-name (Optional) Name of the VRF instance associated with the IP addresses. If the vrf keyword is specified, the vrfname argument must be specified.







OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address ipv4 vrf port-range

Examples The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with IPv4 address 10.10.10.1 associated with vrf test within a media address for any class of service:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 vrf test port-range 10000 20000 any

The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with IPv4 address 10.10.10.1 associated with vrf test within a media address where the class of service for the port range is video:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 vrf test port-range 10000 20000 video

The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with IPv4 address 10.10.10.1 associated with vrf test within a media address where the class of service for the port range is voice:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 vrf test port-range 10000 20000 voice


activate Initiates the DBE service of the SBC.

media address ipv4 Adds an individual IPv4 address to the set of addresses that can be used by the DBE as a local media address.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address pool ipv4

media-address pool ipv4 To create a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses, use the media-address pool ipv4 command in the SBC-DBE configuration mode. This pool of addresses is added to the set of local media addresses that can be used by the DBE. To remove this pool of IPv4 addresses from the set of local media addresses, use the no form of this command.

media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H

media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines Any valid IPv4 addresses. Ending address must be numerically higher than the starting address.

Examples The following commands add addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 to the address pool:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address pool ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit

Related Commands

A.B.C.D Starting IPv4 media address in a range of addresses. An IPv4 media address is a local IP address on a session border controller (SBE) interface that can be used for media arriving on the DBE.

E.F.G.H Ending IPv4 media address in a range of addresses. The ending IPv4 address must be numerically greater than the starting address.



Command Description

activate Initiates the DBE service of the SBC.

media address ipv4 Adds an individual IPv4 address to the set of addresses that can be used by the DBE as a local media address.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address pool ipv4 port-range

media-address pool ipv4 port-range To create a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses where the class of service for the port range is any class of service, use the media-address pool ipv4 port range any command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. This pool of addresses is added to the set of local media addresses that can be used by DBE. To remove this pool of IPv4 addresses from the set of local media addresses, use the no form of this command.

media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H port range min-port max-port {any | video | voice }

no media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H port range min-port max-port {any | video | voice }

Syntax Description


max-port = 32,767


Command History


Examples The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 for any class of service:




min-port The starting port number of the range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the min-port value specified must be less than or equal to the max-port value specified. If a min-port value is not configured, the default value is 16384.

max-port The ending port number of the range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the max-port value specified must be greater than or equal to the min-port value specified. If a max-port value is not configured, the default value is 32767.







OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address pool ipv4 port-range

host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 port-range 10000 20000 any

The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 where the class of service for the port range is video:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 port-range 10000 20000 video

The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 where the class of service for the port range is voice:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 port-range 10000 20000 voice


media-address pool ipv4 Creates a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address pool ipv4 vrf

media-address pool ipv4 vrf To create a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses, use the media-address pool ipv4 vrf command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To remove such a pool of addresses from the set of local media addresses, use the no form of this command.

media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H vrf vrfname

no media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H vrf vrfname

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines This pool of addresses is added to the set of local media addresses that can be used by DBE. Ending address must be numerically higher than the starting address.

Examples The following commands add addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 to the address pool for the vrf named vpn1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address pool ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 vrf vpn1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit

Related Commands



vrfname (Optional) Name of the VRF instance associated with the IP addresses. If the vrf keyword is specified, the vrfname argument must be specified.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range

media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range To configure a media address pool for a signaling pinhole that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses, use the media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range signaling command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To remove such a pool of addresses from the set of local media addresses, use the no form of this command.

media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H vrf vrf-name port-range{min-port max-port { any | signaling | video | voice }

no media-address pool ipv4 A.B.C.D E.F.G.H vrf vrf-name port-range{min-port max-port { any | signaling | video | voice }

Syntax Description


max-port = 32,767


Command History



vrf vrf-name (Optional) Name of the VRF instance associated with the IP addresses. If the vrf keyword is specified, the vrf-name argument must be specified.

port-range min-port The starting port number of the port-range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the min-port value specified must be less than or equal to the max-port value specified. If a min-port value is not configured, the default value is 16384.

port-range max-port The ending port number of the port-range. The possible values are 1 to 65535, but the max-port value specified must be greater than or equal to the min-port value specified. If a max-port value is not configured, the default value is 32767.


signaling Configures the port range applies to signaling class of service.





Release 3.1.00 Added signaling keyword.


OL-13499-04


Usage Guidelines This pool of addresses is added to the set of local media addresses that can be used by DBE. . Endingaddress must be numerically higher than the starting address.

If a local address or port is not specified by the MGC for a signaling pinhole, then the DBE will select an address or port from a port range identified by this class of service. If the MGC does provide an address or port, then it must fall within a port range identified by this class of service.

Examples The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 associated with vrf test for any class of service:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 vrf test port-range 10000 20000 any

The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 associated with vrf test where the class of service for the port range is voice:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 vrf test port-range 10000 20000 voice

The following example creates a port range of 10000 to 20000 associated with a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses from 10.10.10.1 through 10.10.10.20 associated with vrf test where the class of service for the port range is video:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.1 10.10.10.20 vrf test port-range 10000 20000 video

The following example creates a port range of 5000 to 6000as a signaling pinhole:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address ipv4 10.10.10.10 port-range 5000 6000 signalinghost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address pool ipv4 10.10.10.10 10.10.10.20 port-range 5000 6000 signalinghost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-address pool ipv4 10.10.10.10. 10.10.10.20 vrf vrf1 port-range 5000 6000 signaling


OL-13499-04



media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range any Create a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses where the class of service for the port range is any class of service.

media-address pool ipv4 vrf port-range video Create a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses where the class of service for the port range is video.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-bypass

media-bypassTo configure the H.323 or SIP adjacency to allow media traffic to bypass the DBE, use the media-bypass command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

media-bypass

no media-bypass





Command History


When configured, media traffic for calls originating and terminating on this adjacency flows directly between the endpoints and does not pass through the DBE. When deconfigured, media traffic must always pass through a gateway.

Examples The following example shows how to allow media traffic for the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to bypass a gateway:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# media-bypass

Related Commands



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-bypass-forbid

media-bypass-forbidTo configure the H.323 or SIP adjacency to forbid media traffic to bypass the DBE, use the media-bypass-forbid command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default state, use the no form of this command.

media-bypass-forbid

no media-bypass-forbid





Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set media traffic for the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to bypass a gateway:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# media-bypass-forbid

Related Commands



Command Description

adjacency Configures an adjacency for an SBC service


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-gateway

media-gatewayTo configure a media gateway, use the media-gateway command in SBE configuration mode. To remove a media gateway configuration, use the no form of this command.

media-gateway ipv4 A.B.C.D

no media-gateway ipv4 A.B.C.D

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to access media gateway submode from where you configure a media gateway.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# media-gateway ipv4 10.0.0.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-mg)#

Examples

ipv4 A.B.C.D Specifies the IPv4 media gateway address.



Command Description

codecs Configures the codecs supported by the media gateway.

show services sbc sbe media-gateway-associations

Displays a list of known media gateways with an active association.

transcoder Configures the media gateway as a transcoder.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-late-to-early-iw

media-late-to-early-iwTo configure late-to-early media interworking (iw), use the media-late-to-early-iw command in Adjacency SIP configuration mode. To disable the configuration, use the no form of this command.

media-late-to-early-iw {incoming | outgoing}

no media-late-to-early-iw {incoming | outgoing}

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure late-to-early media iw for calls from caller on this adjacency.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# media-late-to-early-iw incoming

Examples

incoming Enable late-to-early media iw for calls from caller on this adjacency.

outgoing Enable late-to-early media iw for calls to callee on this adjacency.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands media-timeout

media-timeoutTo configure the time that the DBE should wait since the last media packet has been received on a call, before determining that the call has ceased and clearing up the call resources and signaling the SBE to do the same, use the media-timeout command in DBE configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

media-timeout {timeout}

no media-timeout {timeout}

Syntax Description

Command Default Timeout: 30 seconds


Command History

Usage Guidelines If a configuration is loaded on top of an active configuration, warnings are generated to notify that the configuration cannot be modified. If you must modify the entire configuration by loading a new one, please remove the existing configuration first.


Examples The following example shows how to configure the DBE to wait 10 seconds after receiving the last media packet before cleaning up the call resources:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# media-timeout 10host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# exit

Related Commands

timeout Maximum time, in seconds, a DBE should wait since the last media packet has been received on a call, before determining that the call has ceased and before clearing up the call resources and signaling the SBE to do the same. The range is from 0 to 4294967295.



Command Description

media-address Configures a DBE IPv4 or IPv6 media address or media address pool.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands method

methodTo add a method with a specified name to a SIP message profile, use the method command in the SIP method-profile mode. To remove the method from the profile, use the no form of this command.

method method-name

no method method-name

Syntax Description


Command Modes SIP method-profile configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the method command adds a method test to the method profile MyProfile:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip method-profile MyProfilehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)# method test

method name Specifies the name of the method added to the method profile. Valid names are 1 to 32 characters in length (inclusive) and are case-sensitive.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands method packetcable-em

method packetcable-emTo enable the packet-cable billing method, use the method packetcable-em in the SBE billing configuration mode. To disable the packet-cable billing method, use the no form of this command.


no method packetcable-em




Command History


Examples The following example shows how to enable the packet-cable billing method:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe(config-sbc-sbe)# billing(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# method packetcable-em

Related Commands



Command Description










OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-dst-number-table

na-dst-number-table To enter the submode of configuration of a number analysis table within the context of an SBE policy set, use the na-dst-number-table command in SBE rtgpolicy mode. Use the no form of this command to destroy the number analysis table.

na-dst-number-table table-name

no na-dst-number-table table-name

Syntax Description


Command Modes SBE rtgpolicy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)

Command History

Usage Guidelines The entries of this table match against the whole dialed number. If necessary, a new number analysis table is created. You may not change the configuration of tables in the context of the active policy set.

A number analysis table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.


Examples The following command creates the NA table MyNaTable with entries matching against the whole dialed number:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-number-table MyNaTable (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# exit(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exit

Related Commands

table-name Name of the number analysis table you are creating or of an existing table you are configuring.



Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-dst-number-table


no active-call-policy-set

Deconfigures the active routing policy set.


Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-dst-number-attr-table

na-dst-number-attr-table To enter the submode of configuration of a number analysis table within the context of an SBE policy set, use the na-dst-number-attr-table command in NA-DST-number-table configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to destroy the number analysis table.

na-dst-number-attr-table table-name

no na-dst-number-attr-table table-name

Syntax Description


Command Modes SBE routing policy (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)

Command History

Usage Guidelines The entries of this table match against the carrier ID. If necessary, a new number analysis table is created.You may not change the configuration of tables in the context of the active policy set.

A number analysis table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.


Examples The following command enters the submode of configuration of a number analysis table na-table within the context of an SBE policy set.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# mySbc sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin#(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-number-attr-table na-tablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)#

Related Commands




Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-dst-number-attr-table



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-dst-prefix-table

na-dst-prefix-table To enter the mode in which to configure a number analysis table, with numbers that match the prefix of the dialed number within an SBE policy set, use the na-dst-prefix-table command in SBE rtgpolicy mode. Use the no form of this command to destroy the number analysis table.

na-dst-prefix-table table-name

no na-dst-prefix-table table-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example illustrates the use of the na-dst-prefix-table command to create a number analysis table called MyNaTable.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-dst-prefix-table MyNaTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)#

Related Commands




Command Description






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-src-account-table

na-src-account-tableTo enter the mode for configuring a number analysis table within an SBE policy set, with entries that match the source account, use the na-src-account-table command in the SBE routing policy mode. Use the no form of this command to destroy the table.

na-src-account-table table-name

no na-src-account-table table-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following commands enter the submode for the NA table MyNaTable, or if it does not already exist, it creates it.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-src-account-table MyNaTable

Related Commands

table-name Name of the number analysis table within an SBE policy set, with entries matching the source account.



Command Description






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-src-adjacency-table

na-src-adjacency-tableTo enter the submode of configuration of a number analysis table within the context of an SBE policy set, use the na-src-adjacency-table command in SBE routing policy mode. The no form of this command destroys the number analysis table.

na-src-adjacency-table table-name

no na-src-adjacency-table table-name

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines The entries of this table match against the source adjacency. If necessary, a new number analysis table is created. You may not change the configuration of tables in the context of the active policy set. A number analysis table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.


Examples The following commands enter the submode for the NA table MyNaTable with entries matching against the whole dialed number:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# na-src-adjacency-table MyNaTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-natable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exit

Related Commands




Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands na-src-adjacency-table



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands nat

natTo configure a SIP adjacency to assume that all endpoints are behind a NAT device, use the nat command in the SIP adjacency mode. To deconfigure this feature on the SIP adjacency, use the no form of this command.

nat {force-on | force-off}

no nat {force-on | force-off}

Syntax Description

Command Default The SBC autodetects whether all the endpoints are behind a NAT device.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how the nat force-on command is used to configure the SIP adjacency to assumes that all endpoints are behind a NAT device:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# nat force-on

Related Commands

force-on Sets the SIP adjacency to assume that all endpoints are behind a NAT device.

force-off Sets the SIP adjacency to assume that the endpoints are not behind a NAT device.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands network-id

network-idTo configure the network ID, use the network-id command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the network ID, use the no form of this command.

network-id id

no network-id

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set the network ID to 88888:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# network-id 88888

Related Commands

id Specifies the eight-digit network ID. Range is 0 to 99999.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands option

optionTo add an option to a profile, use the option command in SIP option mode. Use the no form of this command to remove an existing option from this profile.

option opt-name

no option opt-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to add an option to the profile.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc sanity host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip option-profile optpr1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-opt)# option opt1

Related Commands

opt-name Name of option.



Command Description

option-profile Sets the adjacency to use the specified profile for white/blacklisting options.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands option-profile

option-profileTo set the adjacency to use the specified profile for white/blacklisting options, use the option-profile command. Use the no form of the command to select the default global configuration.

option-profile [ua | proxy] [inbound | outbound] [ prof-name | default]

no option-profile [ua | proxy] [inbound | outbound] [ prof-name | default]

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines User agent (UA) profiles are applied to Supported and Require headers. Proxy profiles are applied to Proxy-Require headers.


Examples The following example shows how to set the adjacency to use the specified profile for white/blacklisting options:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc sanity host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)#

host1/Admin(config)# sbc test sbe adjacency sip Adj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# option-profile ua inbound OP1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# exit

Related Commands

ua Sets the SIP ua header profiles.

proxy Sets the SIP proxy header profiles.

inbound Sets the inbound SIP header profiles.

outbound Sets the outbound SIP header profiles.

prof-name Name of profile to use.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands outbound-flood-rate

outbound-flood-rateTo configure the maximum desired rate of outbound request signals on this adjacency (excluding ACK/PRACK requests) in signals per second, use the outbound-flood-rate command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to disable flood protection.

outbound-flood-rate rate

no outbound-flood-rate

Syntax Description

Command Default No flood protection.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum desired rate of outbound request signals on this adjacency to 1,000 signals per second:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# outbound-flood-rate 1000host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)#

Related Commands

rate Desired rate of outbound request signals in signals per second.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands overload-time-threshold

overload-time-threshold To configure the threshold for media gateway (MG) overload control detection, use the overload-time-threshold command in SBC-DBE configuration mode. This threshold defines the maximum delay allowed by an SBC that has subscribed to overload control events for the DBE to add a new flow. If the threshold is exceeded, the DBE generates an overload event notification. To reset the threshold value to its default value of 100 milliseconds, use the no form of this command.

overload-time-threshold time

no overload-time-threshold

Syntax Description

Command Default If a time threshold value is not configured, the default value is 100 milliseconds.


Command History

Usage Guidelines If an SBC has subscribed for overload control events, the DBE outputs an overload event notification for every request to add a new flow whose execution takes longer than this threshold.

Examples The following example configures the threshold for media gateway (MG) overload control detections with a value of 400 milliseconds:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# overload-time-threshold 400

Related Commands

time The time threshold in milliseconds. The possible values are 0 to 0-2000000000.



Command Description

dbe Enters into DBE-SBE configuration mode.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands packetcable-em transport radius

packetcable-em transport radiusTo configure a packet-cable billing instance, use the packetcable-em transport radius command in the SBE billing configuration mode. To disable the packet-cable billing instance, use the no form of this command.

packetcable-em method-index transport radius RADIUS-client-name

no packetcable-em method-index transport radius RADIUS-client-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following command creates the NA table MyNaTable with entries matching against the whole dialed number:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe(config-sbc-sbe)# billing(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# packetcable-em 4 transport radius test(config-sbc-sbe-billing-packetcable-em)#

Related Commands

method-index Specifies the packetcable billing instance. The range is 0 to 7.

RADIUS-client-name The RADIUS client name. The maximum size is 80 characters.



Command Description






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands packetcable-em transport radius


Enable the packet-cable billing method.



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands parameter

parameter To add a parameter with a specified name to a SIP message profile, use the parameter command in SBE SIP parameter-profile configuration mode. To remove the method from the profile, use the no form of this command.

parameter {parameter name}

no parameter {parameter name}

Syntax Description


Command Modes SIP parameter-profile configuration

Command History



Examples The following example shows how the parameter command adds a parameter named user to the parameter profile MyProfile:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip parameter-profile MyProfilehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm)# parameter userhost1/Admin#(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm-ele)# action add-not-present value phone

Related Commands

parameter name Name of the parameter added to the parameter profile. Valid names are 1 to 32 characters in length (inclusive) and are case-sensitive.



Command Description

action Configures the action to take in a profile.

parameter-profile Configures a parameter profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands parameter-profile

parameter-profileTo add a parameter profile associated with a header, use the parameter-profile command in SBE configuration mode. To remove the parameter profile, use the no form of this command.

parameter-profile profile-name

no parameter-profile profile-name

Syntax Description


Command Modes SIP header configuration element (config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to add a parameter profile to the header element fo a header profile:

host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile headerprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr)# header Tohost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-hdr-ele)# parameter-profile parmprof1

Related Commands

profile name Name of the parameter profile.



Command Description

sip method-profile Configures a method-profile.

sip header-profile Configures a header profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands pass-body

pass-bodyTo permit SIP message bodies to pass through [for non-vital SIP methods accepted by a method profile] in the SIP method profile mode of an SBE entity, use the pass-body command in SIP method configuration mode. To remove the message bodies out of non-vital SIP messages accepted by the method profile, use the no form of this command.

pass-body

no pass-body


Command Default By default, the message bodies are removed out of non-vital SIP messages.

Command Modes SIP method-profile configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the pass-body command permits SIP message bodies to pass through for non-vital SIP methods accepted by method profile test1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip method-profile test1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)# pass-body

Related Commands



Command Description

sip method-profile Configures a method-profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands passthrough

passthroughTo configure the passthrough header in non-REGISTER requests, use the passthrough command in the adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the passthrough header in non-REGISTER requests, use the no form of this command.

passthrough {from | to} header

no passthrough {from | to} header

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the passthrough command is used to configure the passthrough header for non-REGISTER requests:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# passthrough from headerhost1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# passthrough to header

Related Commands

from Configures the from header.

to Configures the to header.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ping-enable

ping-enableTo configure the adjacency to poll its remote peer by sending SIP OPTIONS pings to it and to enter the ping option submode, use the ping-enable command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to disable polling the remote peer for the adjacency.

ping-enable

no ping-enable

Syntax Description

Command Default Options pings are disabled by default.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the adjacency to poll its remote peer by sending SIP OPTIONS pings:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# ping-enablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)#

Related Commands

This command has no arguments or keywords.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ping-fail-count

ping-fail-countTo configure the number of consecutive pings that must fail before the adjacencies peer is deemed to be unavailable, use the ping-fail-count command in ping option mode. Use the no form of this command to set the fail count to default.

ping-fail-count fail-count

no ping-fail-count

Syntax Description

Command Default fail-count = 3

Command Modes Ping option (config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the number of consecutive pings that must fail before the adjacencies peer is deemed to be unavailable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# ping-enablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)# ping-fail-count 10host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)#

fail-count The number of consecutive failures before the peer is deemed to be unavailable. The possible values are 1 to 4294967295.

Note that this does not apply to the converse, that is, if an endpoint has been marked as unavailable, it only takes a single successful ping to mark it as available again.

This field may be changed while active, though this will not take effect until the the next ping transaction completes, and will not retroactively cause a peer marked as unavailable to become available again without a subsequent successful ping response.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ping-fail-count




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ping-interval

ping-intervalTo configure the interval between SIP OPTIONS pings which are sent to the remote peer, use the ping-interval command in ping option mode. Use the no form of this command to set the interval to default.

ping-interval interval

no ping-interval

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the interval between SIP OPTIONS pings that are sent to the remote peer to 100 seconds:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# ping-enablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)# ping-interval 100host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)#

Related Commands

interval The number of seconds. The possible values are 1 to 2147483.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ping-lifetime

ping-lifetimeTo configure the duration for which SBC waits for a response to an options ping for the adjacency, use the ping-lifetime command in ping option mode. Use the no form of this command to set the duration to default.

ping-lifetime duration

no ping-lifetime

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines If no response is received in the duration time, then the ping is deemed to have failed.


Examples The following example shows how to configure the duration for which SBC waits for a response to an options ping for the adjacency to 100 seconds:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# ping-enablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)# ping-lifetime 100host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip-ping)#

Related Commands

duration The number of seconds.The possible values are 1 to 2147483.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands port (server)

port (server)To configure the port that the RADIUS server will use to receive Access-Request or Accounting-Request packets, use the port command in the appropriate configuration mode. Use the no form of the command to disregard the configuration.

port port-num

no port

Syntax Description

Command Default Access-Request packets use default port 1812.

Accounting-Request packets use default port 1813.

Command Modes RADIUS accounting configuration (config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)

RADIUS authentication configuration (config-sbc-sbe-auth-ser)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure authentication server acctsvr to use port 1009 on mySbc for the authentication RADIUS client instance:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius authenticationhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth)# server acctsvrhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth-ser)# port 1009

Related Commands

port-num Specifies the port where the RADIUS server receives access-request packets. Range is 1 to 65535.



Command Description

server Enters a submode for configuring ordered lists of RADIUS accounting servers.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands port (SBE H.248)

port (SBE H.248)To configure an SBE to use a given IPv4 H.248 port for H.248 communications when acting as a media gateway controller, use the port command in H.248 control address mode. To delete a given IPv4 H.248 port, use the no form of this command.

port port-number

no port port-number

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure an SBE to use port 2000:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address h248 index 0host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# port 2000

Related Commands

port-number Specifies the listening port number. The range is from 1 to 9999.



Command Description






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands preferred-transport

preferred-transportTo set the preferred transport protocol for SIP signaling on an adjacency, use the preferred-transport command in adjacency SIP configuration mode.

preferred-transport {tcp | udp}

no preferred-transport

Syntax Description

Command Default Adjacencies use UDP by default.


Command History


Examples The following command sets the preferred transport of the SipAdj1 adjacency to TCP:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipAdj1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# preferred-transport tcphost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# exit

Related Commands

tcp Sets the preferred transport to TCP.

udp Sets the preferred transport to UDP.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands precedence

precedence To configure the precedence of the routing entry, use the precedence command in RTG routing table entry configuration mode. To t, use the no form of this command.

precedence precedence

no precedence precedence

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines If more than one entry matches the current time, selection is based on precedence.


Examples The following example shows how to configure an SBE to use port 2000:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-category-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# precedence 0host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end

Related Commands

precedence Range: [0-0xFFFFFFFF]. A value of 0 means the entry will never be matched.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands prefix

prefixTo configure whether the match-address of this entry matches the start of the source or destination address, use the prefix command in the routing table configuration mode. To delete the match-type in the routing table, use the no form of this command.

prefix

no prefix


Command Default By default, the match-address is not be denoted as a prefix.

Command Modes Routing table entry (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure an entry to match dialed numbers starting with 9:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-address-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# match-address 9host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# prefix

Related Commands



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands priority

priorityTo configure the priority of the accounting or authentication server, use the priority command in the appropriate configuration mode. To disable any previously set priority, use the no form of this command.

priority pri

no priority

Syntax Description

Command Default By default, this command assumes that pri is 1.



Command History


The priority determines which of the configured servers is selected as the default server and where all requests are sent. A RADIUS client contacts the RADIUS servers sequentially, in order of priority, to establish an active RADIUS session. Each RADIUS client sends call detail records to the currently active RADIUS server.

Examples The following example shows how to configure accounting servers acctsvr as priority 1 and acctsvr2 as priority 2 on mySbc for RADIUS client instance radius1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting radius1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server acctsvrhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# priority 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server acctsvr2host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# priority 2

Related Commands

pri Specifies the priority. Range is 1 to 10.



Command Description

radius Creates and configures a RADIUS client for accounting or authentication purposes.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands priority (rsrc-pri)

priority (rsrc-pri)To configure the priority to associate with the Resource-Priority SIP header, use the priority command in the Resource-Priority SIP header configuration mode. To disable any previously set priority, use the no form of this command.

priority {critical | flash | flash-override | immediate | priority | routine}

no priority {critical | flash | flash-override | immediate | priority | routine}

Syntax Description

Command Default By default, this command assumes that the priority is routine.

Command Modes Resource-Priority SIP header (config-sbc-sbe-rsrc-pri-set-rsrc-pri)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure a critical priority to associate with the Resource-Priority SIP header:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# resource-priority-set dsnhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rsrc-pri-set)# resource-priority dsn.flash host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rsrc-pri-set-rsrc-pri)# priority criticalhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rsrc-pri-set-rsrc-pri)#

Related Commands

critical Applies critical priority label (highest level).

flash Applies flash priority label.

flash-override Applies flash-override priority label.

immediate Applies immediate priority label.

priority Applies priority priority label.

routine Applies routine priority label (lowest level).



Command Description

resource-priority-set Establishes the resource priority set to be used with the specified SIP adjacency in the mode of an SBE entity.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands privacy restrict outbound

privacy restrict outboundTo configure an H.323 adjacency to apply privacy restriction on outbound messages if the user requests it, use the privacy restrict outbound command in the adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To disallow privacy restriction on outbound messages sent out by the adjacency, use the no form of this command.

privacy restrict outbound

no privacy restrict outbound




Command History


Examples The following example shows how the privacy restrict outbound command is used to configure an H.323 adjacency to apply privacy restriction on outbound messages if a user requests it:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp422host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-h323)# privacy restrict outbound

Related Commands



Command Description

allow private info Configures an H.323 adjacency to allow private information on messages sent out by the H.323 adjacency.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands qos sig

qos sigTo configure a signaling QoS profile, use the qos sig command in SBE configuration mode. To destroy the given profile, use the no form of this command.

qos sig qos-name

no qos sig qos-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how qos sig command enters the submode for configuring a signaling QoS profile residential:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos sig residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sig)# exit

Related Commands

qos-name Specifies the name of an existing QoS profile. The string default is reserved.



Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands qos video

qos videoTo configure a video QoS profile, use the qos video command in the SBE configuration mode. To destroy the given profile, use the no form of this command

qos video qos-name

no qos video qos-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to enter the submode for configuring a video QoS profile named residential:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos video residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-video)# exit

Related Commands

qos-name Specifies the QoS profile. The string default is reserved.



Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands qos voice

qos voiceTo configure a voice QoS profile, use the qos voice command in SBE configuration mode. To destroy the given profile, use the no form of this command.

qos voice qos-name

no qos voice qos-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to enter the submode for configuring a voice QoS profile named residential:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# qos voice residentialhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-voice)# exit

Related Commands

qos-name Specifies the QoS profile. The string default is reserved.



Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands radius

radiusTo create and configuring a RADIUS client for accounting or authentication purposes, use the radius command in SBE configuration mode. To delete the RADIUS client, use the no form of this command.

radius [accounting client-name | authentication]

no radius [accounting client-name | authentication]

Syntax Description



Command History


Each named client maintains a list of servers consisting of one active server and a set of standby servers. The list is traversed by the client in order of configured priority. An SBC instance can be configured with multiple clients (each with its own ordered set of servers) if call detail reports (CDRs) must be sent to multiple RADIUS servers simultaneously. CDRs are sent by the client to the currently active server. If the active server cannot be contacted, a standby server is used.

Examples The following example shows how to create a RADIUS client instance called radius1 and enables client authentication:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting radius1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius authentication host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth)# exit

accounting Enables client accounting.

client-name The name to assign to the accounting RADIUS client.

authentication Enables client authentication.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands radius







OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands range value

range valueTo map a range of response codes to a response code, use the range command in the SIP method-profile map-status-coding configuration mode. To destroy the mapping, use the no form of this command.

range statuscoderange value statuscodevalue

no range statuscoderange value statuscodevalue

Syntax Description


Command Modes SIP method-profile map-status-coding configuration (config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth-ele-map)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the method command adds a method test to the method profile MyProfile:

Router/Admi# configureRouter/Admi(config)# sbc testRouter/Admi(config-sbc)# sbeRouter/Admi(config-sbc-sbe)# sip method-profile mthdprof1Router/Admi(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth)# method INVITERouter/Admi(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth-ele)# map-status-code Router/Admi(config-sbc-sbe-sip-mth-ele-map)# range 333 value 500

statuscoderange The range of response codes specified by a three-digit number where the first digit has the range 0-6, the second digit has the range 0-9/X, and the third digit has the range 0-9/X. X is a wild card.

value

statuscodevalue The response code the range is mapped to specified by a three-digit number where the first digit has the range 0-6, the second digit has the range 0-9 and the third digit has the range 0-9.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ras retry

ras retryTo configure an H.323 Registration, Admission, and Status (RAS) retry count for an RAS transaction type, use the ras retry command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default value for the specified RAS transaction type, use the no form of this command.

ras retry {arq | brq | drq | grq | rrq | urq} value

no ras retry {arq | brq | drq | grq | rrq | urq} value

Syntax Description

Command Default The default values are 2 for all except URQ which is 1.



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the ras retry command configures an H.323 RAS retry count in Adjacency H.323 configuration mode:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# ras retry arq 5

The following example shows how the ras retry command configures an H.323 RAS retry count in H.323 configuration mode:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc

arq Specifies an admission request (ARQ) transaction.

brq Specifies a bandwidth request (BRQ) transaction.

drq Specifies a disengage request (DRQ) transaction.

grq Specifies a gatekeeper request (GRQ) transaction.

rrq Specifies anregistration request (RRQ) transaction.

urq Specifies a unregistration request (URQ) transaction.

value Specifies the retry count value. Valid values are 0 to 30.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ras retry

host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# ras retry arq 5


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ras rrq

ras rrqTo configure the registration request (RRQ), use the ras rrq command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

ras rrq {keepalive | ttl} value

no ras rrq {keepalive | ttl} value

Syntax Description

Command Default The default keepalive value is 45000 milliseconds.

The default ttl value is 2 seconds.



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the ras rrq command configures H.323 RAS RRQ in adjacency H.323 configuration mode:

host1/Admin#configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# ras rrq ttl 100host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# ras rrq keepalive 60

The following example shows how the ras rrq command configures RAS RRQ in H.323 configuration mode:

host1/Admin#configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe

keepalive Specifies keepalive messages used to refresh an H.323 adjacency.

ttl Specifies time to live (TTL) for an RRQ request.

value Specifies the keepalive or ttl value. Valid values for keepalive are from 15000 to 150000 milliseconds. Valid values for ttl are from 16 to 300 seconds.

The ttl value must be higher than the keepalive value.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ras rrq

host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# ras rrq ttl 100host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# ras rrq keepalive 60


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ras timeout

ras timeoutTo configure an H.323 RAS timeout interval, use the ras timeout command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

ras timeout {arq | brq | drq | grq | rrq | urq} value

no ras timeout {arq | brq | drq | grq | rrq | urq} value

Syntax Description

Command Default The default values vary depending on the transaction type.



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the ras timeout command configures an H.323 RAS timeout interval in adjacency H.323 configuration mode.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# ras timeout arq 1

The following example shows how the ras timeout command configures an H.323 RAS timeout interval in H.323 configuration mode.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc

arq Specifies ARQ transaction.

brq Specifies BRQ transaction.

drq Specifies DRQ transaction.

grq Specifies GRQ transaction.

rrq Specifies RRQ transaction.

urq Specifies URQ transaction.

value Specifies timeout value (seconds). Valid values are from 1000 to 45000 milliseconds.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands ras timeout

host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# h323host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-h323)# ras timeout arq 1


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands reason

reasonTo enter a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source (a port, IP address, VPN, global address space), use the reason command in SBE blacklist mode. The no form of this command, returns the event to its previous values.

reason {event | description}

no reason

Syntax Description


Command Modes SBE blacklist (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)

Command History

Usage Guidelines This field can only take the explicit strings described in the Syntax Description.


Examples The following example shows the use of the reason command in context:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 125.12.12.15host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# reason authentication-failure

event The event type that should trigger the limit can be defined as any of the following:

• authentication-failure—Requests that fail to be authenticated.

• bad-address—Packets from unexpected addresses.

• corrupt-message—Signaling packets that are corrupt and cannot be decoded.

• endpoint-registration—Endpoint registrations.

• policy-rejection—Requests that are rejected by the configured policy.

• routing-failure—Requests that fail to be routed onward by SBC.

description Helpful description of an event that should trigger blacklisting.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands reason



trigger-period Defines the period over which events are considered. For details, see the description of the trigger-size command.



Lists the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured. Any values not explicitly defined for each source are in brackets.

show services sbc sbe blacklist source

Lists the limits in force for a particular source (whether they are from defaults or explicitly configured) in a form in which they can be entered into the CLI. Also listed are any defaults for a smaller scope configured at this address. Values not explicitly configured (and therefore inherited from other defaults) are bracketed.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands record-media-create-info

record-media-create-infoTo activate support for media information support in billing, use the record-media-create-info command in SBE billing configuration mode. To disable support, use the no form of this command.

record-media-create-info

no record-media-create-info


Command Default By default, this is disabled.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to activate the billing functionality after configuration is committed:

host1/Admin/Admin# configurehost1/Admin/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# billinghost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-billing)# record-media-create-info

Related Commands



Command Description








show services sbc sbe billing instance

Displays whether media creation information is enabled in the billing message for a specific billing instance.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands record-media-create-info

show services sbc sbe billing instances

Displays whether media creation information is enabled in the billing message for all billing instances.



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands redirect-limit

redirect-limitTo configure the maximum number of redirections that SBC performs on a call, use the redirect-limit command in SBE configuration mode. The no form of this command returns the adjacency to the default behavior.

redirect-limit limit

no redirect-limit limit

Syntax Description

Command Default The default number of redirections is 2.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of SIP 3xx retries as 4:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# redirect-limit 4

Related Commands

limit Specifies the maximum number of SIP 3xx retry attempts. The range is 0 to 200.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands redirect-mode

redirect-modeTo configure the behavior of SBC on receipt of a 3xx response to an invite from the SIP adjacency, use the redirect-mode command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. The no form of this command returns the adjacency to the default behavior.

redirect-mode {pass-through | recurse}

no redirect-mode {pass-through | recurse}

Syntax Description

Command Default pass-through


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to resend an invite to the first listed contact address or else pass the 3xx responses back to the sender:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip test1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# redirect-mode recursehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)#

Related Commands

pass-through Passes all 3xx responses back to the caller.

recurse On 300, 301, 302, and 305 invite responses, the SBC resends the invite to the first listed contact address, or else passes the 3xx responses back.



Command Description

redirect-limit Configures the maximum number of redirections SBC performs on a call.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands registration rewrite-register

registration rewrite-registerTo configure the SIP register request rewriting, use the registration rewrite-register command in Adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the register request rewriting, use the no form of this command.

registration rewrite-register

no registration rewrite-register




Command History


Examples The following example shows how the registration rewrite-register command configures the SIP register request rewriting on SIP adjacency SipToIsp42.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# registration rewrite-register

Related Commands



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands registration target address

registration target addressTo set the address to be used when an outbound SIP register request rewriting occurs, use the registration target address command in Adjacency SIP configuration mode. To remove the address, use the no form of this command.

registration target address host address

no registration target address host address

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the registration target address command sets the target address for SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 as example.com:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# registration target address example.com

Related Commands

host address Specifies the host address to use when an outbound SIP register request rewriting occurs. This parameter can be a DNS name or an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. Valid strings are from 1 to 255 characters in length.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands registration target port

registration target portTo set the port to be used when an outbound SIP REGISTER request rewriting occurs, use the registration target port command in Adjacency SIP configuration mode. To enter the default value, use the no form of this command.

registration target port port-number

no registration target port port-number

Syntax Description

Command Default Default value is 0. This cannot be directly entered.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how the registration target port command sets the port number for SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 as 5070:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# registration target port 5070

Related Commands

port-number Specifies the port number to use when an outbound SIP REGISTER request rewriting occurs. Valid values can be from 1 to 65535. If you enter the default value of 0, no port address is set.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands reg-min-expiry

reg-min-expiryTo configure the minimum registration period in seconds on the SIP adjacency, use the reg-min-expiry command in the adjacency SIP configuration mode. To enter the default value, use the no form of this command.

reg-min-expiry period

no reg-min-expiry period

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines This is the minimum expiry period accepted on a subscriber registration if not fast-pathing, or the minimum-expiry period passed onward if fast-pathing is in use.

The minimum registration period cannot be changed after an adjacency has been configured. To change the minimum registration period, remove the adjacency by running no sbc sbc-name sbe adjacency sip adjacency-name command and then reconfigure the adjacency.


Examples The following example shows how to enable the register minimum expiry on the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to 300 seconds:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# reg-min-expiry 300host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# exit

Related Commands

period The minimum expiry period in seconds. The range is 1 to 2000000.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands remote-address ipv4

remote-address ipv4 To configure an H.323 or SIP adjacency to restrict the set of remote signaling peers that can be contacted over the adjacency to those with the given IP address prefix, use the remote-address ipv4 command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

To configure the remote address for vDBE H.248 controller, use the remote-address ipv4 command in the vDBE h248 mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

remote-address ipv4 ip-address ip-mask

no remote-address ipv4 ip-address ip-mask

Syntax Description



Adjacency H323 configuration (config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)

VDBE H248(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)

Command History

Usage Guidelines The remote-address cannot be deleted by itself; the entire controller must be removed using the no controller h248 command.

Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into SBC-DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, creates an H.248 controller with index 1, enters into H248 configuration mode, and configures the remote address as 1.1.1.1 on the H.248 controller:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# controller h248 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# remote-address ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# exit

The following example shows how to configure the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to match calls from 36.36.36.20 to this adjacency:

host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe

ip-address ip-mask Specifies the IPv4 address and IP mask.

ip-address Specifies the IPv4 address.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands remote-address ipv4

host1/Admin((config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42

host1/Admin((config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# remote-address ipv4 36.36.36.20 255.255.255.0



vdbe Configures a VDBE and enters the VDBE configuration mode.

controller h248 Creates an H.248 controller for a DBE.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands remote-port

remote-port To define the port to connect to on the SBE for an H.248 controller, use the remote-port command in VDBE h248 mode.

remote-port port-num

Syntax Description

Command Default The port number is 2944.

Command Modes VDBE h248 (config-sbc-dbe-h248)

Command History

Usage Guidelines The local-port and control-address are not applied until the controller is added and the remote address is configured. Also, the controller should be deleted to delete the remote ddress.

If the port is not configured, or is configured with the value zero, then the H.248 default port number, 2944, is used.


Examples The following example configures the port to 2944 on the H.248 controller with index 1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# controller h248 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# remote-port 2944host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# exit

Related Commands

port-num This is the port number to be configured.

If the port is not configured or is configured with the value zero, then the H.248 default port number, 2944, is used.



Command Description





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands resource-priority

resource-priorityTo configure the priority of a resource-priority header string, use the resource-priority command in resource priority mode. To deconfigure the priority, use the no form of this command.

resource-priority value

no resource-priority value

Syntax Description


Command Modes Resource priority (config-sbc-sbe-rsrc-pri-set)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the resource-priority command configures the priority for resource-priority header string dsn.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)#sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# resource-priority-set dsnhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rsrc-pri-set)# resource-priority dsn.flash

Related Commands

value Specifies the string value to be assigned the priority. The value must be followed by the priority as shown: value.priority.



Command Description

resource-priority-set Establishes the resource priority set to be used with the specified SIP adjacency.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands resource-priority-set

resource-priority-setTo establish the resource priority set to be used with the specified SIP adjacency in the mode of an SBE entity, use the resource-priority-set command in adjacencySIP configuration mode. To remove the priority set, use the no form of this command.

resource-priority-set resource-priority-set-name

no resource-priority-set resource-priority-set-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the resource-priority-set command sets the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 with the resource-priority-set named dsn:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# resource-priority-set dsn

Related Commands

resource-priority-set-name Specifies the name of the resource priority set.



Command Description

resource-priority Configures the priority of a resource-priority header string.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands retry-interval

retry-intervalTo set the interval for resending an accounting request to the Radius server, use the retry-interval command in SBE accouting mode. To set the interval to its default, use the no form of this command.

retry-interval range

no retry-interval range

Syntax Description

Command Default The default is 1200 ms.



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set the retry-interval to 1000 ms.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc uut105-1host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting SBC1-account-1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# retry-interval 1000

Related Commands

range Range is 10-10000 ms.







OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands retry-limit (radius)

retry-limit (radius)To set the number of times for resending an accounting request to the Radius server, use the retry-limit command in SBE accounting mode. To set the number to its default, use the no form of this command.

retry-limit range

no retry-limit range

Syntax Description

Command Default The default is 5 retries.



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set the retry-limit to 4 attempts.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc uut105-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting SBC1-account-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# retry-limit 4

Related Commands

range Range for the maximun number of retries is 0-9.







OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands retry-limit (routing table)

retry-limit (routing table)To set the maximum number of routing table lookup retry attempts, use the retry-limit command in SBE configuration mode. To set the number to its default, use the no form of this command.

retry-limit 0-200

Syntax Description

Command Default The default is 3 retries.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set the retry-limit to 4 attempts.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc uut105-1host1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# retry-limit 4

Related Commands

0-200 Range for the maximun number of retries is 0-200.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-carrier-id-table

rtg-carrier-id-tableTo enter the configuration mode of a routing table or to create a new routing table, whose events match the carrier ID of an SBE policy set, use the rtg-carrier-id-table command in SBE rtgpolicy mode.

The no form of the command destroys the routing table. However, a routing table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.

rtg-carrier-id-table table-name

no rtg-carrier-id-table table-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to add the carrier ID table MyCarrierIDTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-carrier-id-table MyCarrierIDTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)#

Related Commands

table-name Name of the routing table to be configured.



Command Description

call-policy-set Enters the mode of a routing policy configuration within an SBE entity.

rtg-round-robin-table Enters the configuration mode of a policy table, with events that have no match-value parameters or next-table actions.

rtg-src-account-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source account.

rtg-src-adjacency-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the source adjacency.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-carrier-id-table



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-category-table

rtg-category-tableTo enter the submode of configuration of a routing table whose entries match on the category within the context of an SBE policy set, use the rtg-category-table command in SBE routing call policy mode.


rtg-category-table WORD

no rtg-category-table WORD

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines If necessary, a new routing table is created. The user is not allowed to enter the submode of routing table configuration in the context of the active policy set.


Examples The following example creates the routing policy table MyRtgTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-category-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end

Related Commands

WORD Name of the routing table to be configured.



Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-category-table





Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-dst-address-table

rtg-dst-address-tableTo enters the configuration mode of a routing table whose entries match on the dialed number (after number analysis) within the context of an SBE policy set, use the rtg-dst-address-table command in the SBE routing policy mode. To remove the routing table, use the no form of this command.

rtg-dst-address-table table-id

no rtg-dst-adress-table table-id

Syntax Description



Command History


A routing table may not be destroyed if it is in the context of the active policy set.


Examples The following command creates the routing policy table MyRtgTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-address-table MyRtgTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exit

Related Commands

table-id Specifies the name of the table.



Command Description


rtg-carrier-id-table Enters the configuration mode for creation or configuration of a routing table, with entries that match the carrier ID of an SBE call policy set.

rtg-src-domain-table Enters the configuration submode for creation or configuration of a routing table, with entries that match the source domain name of an SBE call policy set.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-dst-address-table



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-dst-domain-table

rtg-dst-domain-tableTo enter the configuration submode of a routing table with entries that match the destination domain name of an SBE policy set, use the rtg-dst-domain-table command in SBE routing policy mode. If no table exists, the command creates a new routing table.

The no form of the command deletes the routing table.

rtg-dst-domain-table table-name

no rtg-dst-domain-table table-name

Syntax Description



Command History


You cannot delete a routing table if it is in the active policy set. You cannot enter the submode of a routing table configuration in the active policy set.

Examples The following command creates the routing policy table MyRtgTable.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-domain-table MyRtgTable (host1/Adminconfig-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)#

Related Commands




Command Description


rtg-carrier-id-table Enters the configuration mode for creation or configuration of a routing table, with entries that match the carrier ID of an SBE call policy set.

rtg-src-domain-table Enters the configuration submode for creation or configuration of a routing table, with entries that match the source domain name of an SBE call policy set.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-dst-domain-table



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-least-cost-table

rtg-least-cost-tableTo configure the least-cost routing table and enter the submode of configuration of a routing table, use the rtg-least-cost-table command in SBE routing policy mode.


rtg-least-cost-table table_name

no rtg-least-cost-table table_name

Syntax Description



Command History




host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-least-cost-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end

Related Commands

table-name Name of the routing table to be configured. The maximum character size is 80.



Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-least-cost-table





Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-round-robin-table

rtg-round-robin-tableTo enter the configuration mode of a round robin policy table, use the rtg-round-robin-table command SBE routing policy mode. Use the no form of this command to delete the table.

rtg-round-robin-table table-name

no rtg-round-robin-table table-name

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines The actions of this command are restricted to setting destination adjacency. A group of adjacencies is chosen for an event if an entry in a routing table matches that event and points to a round-robin adjacency table in the next table action.


Examples The following example show how to add the round robin routing table MyRoundRobinTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-round-robin-table MyRoundRobinTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)#

Related Commands




Command Description






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-round-robin-table

rtg-carrier-id-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the carrier ID of an SBE policy set.


Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-account-table

rtg-src-account-tableTo enter the configuration mode of an existing routing table or to create a new one, with entries that match the source account, use the rtg-src-account-table command SBE routing policy mode.

Note You cannot issue this command if the table is part of the active policy set.

The no form of the command deletes the match value of the given entry in the routing table.

rtg-src-account-table table-id

no rtg-src-account-table table-id

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following command enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table MyRtgTable:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-account-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)#

Related Commands

table-id ID of the routing table to be configured.



Command Description






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-account-table


rtg-carrier-id-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new one, with entries that match the carrier ID of an SBE policy set.

Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-address-table

rtg-src-address-table To enter the configuration mode of a routing table whose entries match on the dialer's number within the context of an SBE policy set, use the rtg-src-address-table command in SBE routing policy mode. To remove the table entry, use the no form of this command.

rtg-src-address-table table-id

no rtg-src-adress-table table-id

Syntax Description



Command History



host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-address-table MyRtgTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# exithost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# exit

Related Commands

table-id Specifies the name of the table.



Command Description


sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, enters the configuration mode of an existing service.



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-address-table

rtg-src-account-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new table whose entries match the source account

rtg-round-robin-table Enters the configuration mode of a policy table whose events have no match-value parameters or next-table actions.

Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-adjacency-table

rtg-src-adjacency-tableTo enter the configuration mode of an existing routing table or to create a new table whose entries match the source adjacency, use the rtg-src-adjacency-table command in SBE routing policy mode. Use the no form of this command to delete the routing table.

rtg-src-adjacency-table table-id

no rtg-src-adjacency-table table-id

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following command creates a new table, MyRtgTable, whose entries match the source adjacency.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-adjacency-table MyRtgTable

Related Commands

table-id ID of the routing table to be configured.



Command Description


sbc Creates a new SBC service and enters a new SBC configuration mode. Alternatively, enters the configuration mode of an existing service.


rtg-src-account-table Enters the configuration mode of an existing routing table or creates a new table whose entries match the source account

rtg-round-robin-table Enters the configuration mode of a policy table whose events have no match-value parameters or next-table actions.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-domain-table

rtg-src-domain-tableTo enter the submode of a routing table configuration, with entries that match the source domain name, use the rtg-src-domain table command in SBE routing policy mode. If no table exists, the command creates a new routing table.

Note You cannot enter the submode of a routing table configuration in the active policy set.

The no form of the command destroys the routing table.

Note You cannot destroy a routing table if it is in the active policy set.

rtg-src-domain-table table-name

no rtg-src-domain-table table-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following command creates the routing policy table MyRtgTable.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-src-domain-table MyRtgTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)#





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-src-domain-table






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-time-table

rtg-time-table To configure time-based routing and enter the routing table submode, use the rtg-time-table command in SBE routing call policy mode.


rtg-time-table table_name

no rtg-time-table table_name

Syntax Description



Command History




host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-time-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# end

Related Commands




Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands rtg-time-table





Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sbc

sbc To enter the submode of an SBC service (creating it if necessary), use the sbc command in EXEC mode. To delete the service, use the no form of this command.

sbc sbc-name

no sbc sbc-name

Syntax Description

Command Default No default behvior or values

Command Modes SBC configuation mode (config-sbc)

Command History

Examples The following command creates SBC service mySbc.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# exit

Related Commands




Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sbe

sbeTo configure the submode of the SBE entity within an SBC service, creating it if necessary, use the sbe command in EXEC mode. To destroy the SBE entity, use the no form of this command.

sbe

no sbe




Command History

Examples The following example shows how the sbe command is used to enter the submode of the SBE entity within an SBC service:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# exit




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sdp-attribute-table

sdp-attribute-tableTo configure an SDP attribute table that lists the attributes to add or remove, use the sdp-attribute-table command in the SDP match table configuration mode. To remove the table, use the no form of this command.

sdp-attribute-table table_name

no sdp-attribute-table table_name

Syntax Description


Command Modes SDP match table (config-sbc-sbe- sdpmatchtable) configuration mode

Command History


Examples The following command configures the SDP username to use on generated SDPs to foo:

host1/Admin# configure host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp attribute-table foo

Related Commands

table_name The user name to fill in on generated SDPs.



Command Description






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sdp-match-table

sdp-match-tableTo create an SDP match table, use the sdp-match-table command in mode. To remove the table, use the no form of this command.

sdp-match-table table_name

no sdp-policy-table table_name

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines One policy can only hold one sdp-match-table.


Examples The following command configures the SDP match table foo:

host1/Admin# configure host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp-match-table foo

Related Commands

table_name The user name to fill in on generated SDPs.



Command Description





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sdp origin-user-name

sdp origin-user-name To configure the originating user name that is filled in generated SDPs, use the sdp origin-user-name command in the SBE configuration mode. To reset this user name such that received user name from an SDP is the user name used on the generated SDP, use the no form of this command.

sdp origin-user-name user-name

no sdp origin-user-name user-name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following command configures the SDP username to use on generated SDPs to foo:

host1/Admin# configure host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp origin-user-name foo

Related Commands

user-name Specifies the admission control table.



Command Description






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sdp-policy-table

sdp-policy-tableTo configure an SDP policy table, use the sdp-policy-table command in the SBE configuration mode. To remove the table, use the no form of this command.

sdp-policy-table table_name

no sdp-policy-table table_name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following command configures the SDP policy table foo:

host1/Admin# configure host1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sdp-policy-table foo

Related Commands

table_name The name of the SDP policy. The maximum number of characters is 30.



Command Description





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands secure-media

secure-mediaTo configure the DBE to enable a DTLS or SRTP media passthrough, use the secure-media command in the DBE configuration mode. To disable the media passthrough, use the no form of this command.

secure-media

no secure-media


Command Default The media passthrough is disabled.


Command History


host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# secure-media

Related Commands



Command Description

media-address pool ipv4 Creates a pool of sequential IPv4 media addresses that can be used by the DBE as local media addresses,




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands server

serverTo enter a submode for configuring ordered lists of RADIUS accounting servers, use the server command in server configuration mode. Use the no form of the command to leave the submode.

server server-name

no server server-name

Syntax Description




Command History

Usage Guidelines Any number of accounting servers can be specified. Call Detail Reports are sent to the accounting server with the highest priority upon call termination.


Examples The following command configures accounting servers castor and pollux on mySbc for RADIUS client instance radius1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Adminconfig)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius accounting radius1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server castor host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# address ipv4 200.200.200.12 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exit host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc)# server pollux host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# address ipv4 200.200.200.15 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-acc-ser)# exit

Related Commands

server-name Name of the server (local to this SBE).



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands server mode

server modeTo enter a submode for configuring of RADIUS Authentication server mode, use the server mode command in the server authentication mode. To exit the submode for configuring of RADIUS Authentication server mode, use the no form of this command.

server server-name mode local|remote

no server server-name mode local|remote

Syntax Description


Command Modes Server authentication (config-sbc-sbe-auth-ser)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure server-mode:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(configure)#sbc mysbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)#sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius authentication host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth)# server panther host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth-ser)# mode local host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth-ser)#

Related Commands

server-name Specifies the name of the server.

local Specifies local authentication.

remote Specifies remote authentication.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands server-retry disable

server-retry disableTo disable the SBC from automatically retrying a failed RADIUS server, use the server-retry disable command in the server authentication mode or the server accounting mode. Use the no form of this command to enable the SBC to automaticlly retry a failed RADIUS server.

server-retry disable

no server-retry disable





Command History


If you have disabled the SBC from automatically retrying a failed RADIUS server with the server-retry disable command, you must use the service sbc sbe radius accounting command to reactivate the connection between the SBC and a RADIUS server after connectivity is lost or to restart billing after connectivity is restored.

Examples The following example shows how to stop the SBC from automatically retringy a failed RADIUS server:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(configure)#sbc mysbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)#sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# radius authentication host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-auth)# server-retry disable

Related Commands



Command Description

service sbc sbe radius accounting Reactivates connection between the SBC and a RADIUS server after connectivity is lost or to restart billing after connectivity is restored.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands service sbc sbe call-destroy

service sbc sbe call-destroyTo clear an identified call, use the service sbc sbe call-destroy command in EXEC mode.

service sbc name sbe call-destroy 0-2147483647

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to clear an unidentified call:

host1/Admin# service sbc test sbe call-destroy 1

name Specifies the name of the SBC service.

0-2147483647 Specifies the call index number.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands service sbc sbe radius accounting

service sbc sbe radius accounting To reactivate connection between the SBC and a RADIUS server after connectivity is lost or to restart billing after connectivity is restored, use the service sbc sbe radius accounting command in EXEC mode.

service sbc name sbe radius accounting radius client name {resend | server word reactivate}

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how toresend cached messages:

host1/Admin# service sbc test sbe radius accounting acc resend

The following example shows how to reactivate connection to a RADIUS server:

host1/Admin# service sbc test sbe radius accounting acc server svr reactivate

Related Commands

resend Restarts billing between SBC and RADIUS on the reactivated RADIUS server connection for new billing requests.

server RADIUS account server commands.

name Specifies the name of the SBC service.

radius client Specifies the name of the RADIUS client.

word Specifies the server name.

reactivate Reactivates the connection between SBC and RADIUS server. You need to do this to manually recover the connection after it has failed.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe addresses

show services sbc dbe addressesTo list the addresses configured on DBEs, use the show services sbc dbe addresses command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name dbe addresses

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following command lists the addresses configured on DBEs.

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc dmsbc-node9 dbe address H.248 control address: 22.22.22.100 Media-Address VRF Status 1.1.1.1 Admin Active Port range: 16384-32767, class of service: any 22.22.22.201 Admin Active Port range: 16384-32767, class of service: any old6500_2/Admin#

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc dbe controllers Lists the controllers configured on each vDBE.

show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE.

show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE associated with a specific VRF instance.

show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4

Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.

show services sbc dbe show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port

Lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for a port with an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance.

show services sbc dbe media-stats Lists general DBE statistics.

show services sbc service List all of the SBC services on the chassis.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe controllers

show services sbc dbe controllersTo lists the controllers configured on each vDBE, use the show services sbc dbe controllers command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name dbe controllers

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following command lists the controllers configured on each vDBE on mySbc:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc dbe controllers

SBC Service "mySbc" vDBE in DBE location 1

Media gateway controller in use: H.248 controller address 23.65.54.24:4509 Status: Attached

Sent Received Failed Retried Requests 0 0 0 0 Replies 0 0 0

Configured controllers: H.248 controller 1: Remote address: 23.65.54.24:4509 Transport: UDP

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc dbe addresses Lists the addresses configured on DBEs.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe controllers







Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe h248-profile

show services sbc dbe h248-profileTo list the information on the specified H.248 profile, including transport, H.248 form, and active packages, use the show services sbc dbe h248-profile command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name dbe h248-profile

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows the defaults and configured options for the H.248 profile:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc dbe h248-profileTransport UDP IAHH.248 Version 3Packages:Generic(g)Base Root(root): Max Terminations per context 10Network(l)DiffServ(ds)Gate Management(gm)Traffic Management(tman)IP NAPT(ipnapt)Segment(seg): Max PDU Size 4096 bytes

Related Commands

sbc-name Defines the name of the service.



Command Description

h248-profile Configures the vDBE H.248 profile name to interoperate with the MGC.

h248-profile-version Configures the vDBE H.248 profile version to interoperate with the MGC. This command is used after you have defined the name of the profile using the h248-profile command.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats

show services sbc dbe media-flow-statsTo list statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE, use the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name dbe media-flow-stats vrf [vrf-name] ipv4 [A.B.C.D] port [port-number]

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows media flows to/from port 24000 at the 10.1.1.1 IPv4 address and through VPN3:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf vpn3 ipv4 10.1.1.1 port 24000

SBC Service "mySbc" mediaFlow 1 FlowPairState Open GateAge 15340 ms CallPriority Routine (CD5) FlowPairBandwidth 1500 DtmfPacketsQueued 0 Side A VpnId vpn3 LocalAddress 10.1.1.1 LocalPort 24000 RemoteAddress 192.168.1.1 RemotePort 32420 RtpPacketsRcvd 300 RtpOctetsRcvd 6000 RtpPacketsSent 100 RtpOctetsSent 2000 RtpPacketsDiscarded 0 RtpOctetsDiscarded 0 EndPointPacketsSent 300 EndPointPacketsRcvd 97

vrf-name (Optional) Displays media flows only to or from the specific VPN.

A.B.C.D (Optional) Displays media flows only to or from the specific IPv4 media address.

sbc-nam Specifies the name of the SBC service.

port-number (Optional) Displays media flows only to or from the specific port.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats

EndPointPacketsLost 1 DtmfInterworking No MediaFlowing Yes RouteError No Unexpected SrcAddr Packets Yes (CD6) BillingId 12AB3C4D567124C7124C12DE

Side B VpnId <none> LocalAddress 10.1.1.2 LocalPort 24002 RemoteAddress 172.192.2.3 RemotePort 24002 RtpPacketsRcvd 100 RtpOctetsRcvd 2000 RtpPacketsSent 300 RtpOctetsSent 6000 RtpPacketsDiscarded 0 RtpOctetsDiscarded 0 EndPointPacketsSent 100 EndPointPacketsRcvd 300 EndPointPacketsLost 0 DtmfInterworking No MediaFlowing Yes RouteError No Unexpected SrcAddr Packets No (CD6) BillingId 5DAB3C4D153624C7124E1234


sbc dbe media-address ipv4 Configures a DBE media address pool and an address pool.

sbc dbe media-address pool ipv4 Creates an IPv4 address range within a DBE media address pool.

sbc dbe media-address port range Creates a port range associated with a media address or range of addresses.

showservices sbc dbe addresses Lists the addresses configured on DBEs.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf

show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf To lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE associated with a specific VRF instance, use the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name dbe media-flow-stats [detail | summary] vrf vrf-name

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines With respect to the output of the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf command, not all endpoints report RTP Control Protocol (RTCP) endpoint statistics.

Examples The following command lists the statistics for media flows collected on the DBE associated with a VRF vpn1:

host1/Admin# show services sbc dmsbc-node9 dbe media-flow-sta vrf vpn1 ipv4 88.88.110.100 port 20000SBC Service ''dmsbc-node9'' Media Flow: State of Media Flow: Active Call Age: 3850390 ms Call Priority: Routine Reserved Bandwidth: 10 (kilobytes/second) No media timeout remaining: 2741 Class of service: Any Side A: VRF Name: vpn1 Local Address: 88.88.110.100 Local Port: 20000 Remote Address: 200.200.200.172 Remote Port: 17488 RTP Packets Received: 140134 RTP Packets Sent: 140131 RTP Packets Discarded: 0


detail Specifies media flow detailed statistics.

summary Specifies media flow summary statistics.

vrf-name Specifies the name of the VRF.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf












OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4

show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 To lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance, use the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name dbe media-flow-stats [detail | summary] vrf vrf-name ipv4 [A.B.C.D]

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines With respect to the output of the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 command, not all endpoints report RTP Control Protocol (RTCP) endpoint statistics.

Examples The following command lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance:

host1/Admin# show services sbc j dbe media-flow-stats detail vrf vpn1 ipv4 10.127.3.1SBC Service "j" Media Flow: State of Media Flow: Active Call Priority: Routine ContextID: 12 StreamID: 49153 Reserved Bandwidth: 10500 (bytes/second) No media timeout remaining: 30 Class of service: Voice Side A: VRF Name: vpn1 Local Address: 88.102.9.100 Local Port: 16384 Remote Address: 10.127.3.1 Remote Port: 16526 RTP Packets Received: 967





A.B.C.D (Optional) Specifies the IPv4 address.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4

RTP Packets Sent: 944 RTP Packets Discarded: 0 RTP Data Received: 193400 (bytes) RTP Data Sent: 188800 (bytes) RTP Data Discarded: 0 (bytes) End Point Packets Sent: Not known End Point Packets Received: Not known End Point Packets Lost: Not known DTMF Interworking: No Media Flowing: Yes Affected by Routing Error: No Unexpected SrcAddr Packets: No Billing ID: 0x47B507DF2020202020202030302B30303030303000000018 Media directions allowed: sendrecv Side B: VRF Name: vpn2 Local Address: 88.102.10.100 Local Port: 16384 Remote Address: 10.127.4.1 Remote Port: 19566 RTP Packets Received: 944 RTP Packets Sent: 967 RTP Packets Discarded: 0 RTP Data Received: 188800 (bytes) RTP Data Sent: 193400 (bytes) RTP Data Discarded: 0 (bytes) End Point Packets Sent: Not known End Point Packets Received: Not known End Point Packets Lost: Not known DTMF Interworking: No Media Flowing: Yes Affected by Routing Error: No Unexpected SrcAddr Packets: No Billing ID: 0x47B507DF2020202020202030302B30303030303000000017 Media directions allowed: sendrecv











OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port

show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port To lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for a port with an IPv4 address associated with a specific VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance, use the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name dbe media-flow-stats [detail | summary] vrf vrf-name ipv4 [A.B.C.D] port port-number

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines With respect to the output of the show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port command, not all endpoints report RTP Control Protocol (RTCP) endpoint statistics.

Examples The following command lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE for a port with an IPv4 address associated with a specific VRF instance:

host1/Admin# show services sbc j dbe media-flow-stats detail vrf vpn1 ipv4 10.127.3.1 port 16526SBC Service "j" Media Flow: State of Media Flow: Active Call Priority: Routine ContextID: 12 StreamID: 49153 Reserved Bandwidth: 10500 (bytes/second) No media timeout remaining: 30 Class of service: Voice Side A: VRF Name: vpn1 Local Address: 88.102.9.100 Local Port: 16384



A.B.C.D (Optional) Specifies the IPv4 address.

port-number Only displays media or signaling flows to or from this port. Specifies the port number.






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-flow-stats vrf ipv4 port

Remote Address: 10.127.3.1 Remote Port: 16526 RTP Packets Received: 2119 RTP Packets Sent: 2096 RTP Packets Discarded: 0 RTP Data Received: 423800 (bytes) RTP Data Sent: 419200 (bytes) RTP Data Discarded: 0 (bytes) End Point Packets Sent: Not known End Point Packets Received: Not known End Point Packets Lost: Not known DTMF Interworking: No Media Flowing: Yes Affected by Routing Error: No Unexpected SrcAddr Packets: No Billing ID: 0x47B507DF2020202020202030302B30303030303000000018 Media directions allowed: sendrecv Side B: VRF Name: vpn2 Local Address: 88.102.10.100 Local Port: 16384 Remote Address: 10.127.4.1 Remote Port: 19566 RTP Packets Received: 2096 RTP Packets Sent: 2119 RTP Packets Discarded: 0 RTP Data Received: 419200 (bytes) RTP Data Sent: 423800 (bytes) RTP Data Discarded: 0 (bytes) End Point Packets Sent: Not known End Point Packets Received: Not known End Point Packets Lost: Not known DTMF Interworking: No Media Flowing: Yes Affected by Routing Error: No Unexpected SrcAddr Packets: No Billing ID: 0x47B507DF2020202020202030302B30303030303000000017 Media directions allowed: sendrecv











OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-stats

show services sbc dbe media-statsTo list general DBE statistics, use the show services sbc dbe media-stats command in EXEC mode. These statistics do not include contributions from active calls.

show services sbc sbc-name dbe media-stats

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines The Active Flows statistic counts the number of flows for which media has been observed within the media-timeout period, or where the call has failed over within the last media-timeout period and the SBC has not yet had a chance to observe whether media is flowing or not.

The Unclassified Pkts statistic includes all packets received on the VLAN interface that are not matched to a valid media flow. This includes media packets not matched to a flow, signaling packets, and any other traffic.

Examples The following command lists general DBE statistics:

host1/Admin# show services sbc my sbc dbe signaling-flow-stats vrf vpn3 ipv4 10.1.1.1 port 24000

SBC Service "mySbc" signalingFlow 1 FlowPairState Open PinholeAge 15340 ms PinholeBandwidth 1500 Side A VpnId vpn3 LocalAddress 10.1.1.1 LocalPort 24000 RemoteAddress 192.168.1.1 RemotePort 32420 PacketsRcvd 300 OctetsRcvd 6000 PacketsSent 100 OctetsSent 2000 PacketsDiscarded 0 OctetsDiscarded 0




Release 3.1.00 Updated to include summary information on signaling pinholes.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe media-stats

Side B VpnId <none> LocalAddress 10.1.1.2 LocalPort 24002 RemoteAddress 172.192.2.3 RemotePort 24002 PacketsRcvd 100 OctetsRcvd 2000 PacketsSent 300 OctetsSent 6000 PacketsDiscarded 0 OctetsDiscarded 0












OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe signaling-flow-stats

show services sbc dbe signaling-flow-statsTo lists the statistics about one or more media flows collected on the DBE, use the show services sbc dbe signaling-flow-stats command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name dbe signaling-flow-stats [detail | summary] [vrf vrf-name | ipv4 A.B.C.D. | port port number]

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following command lists mdeia flow statistics:

host1/Admin# show services sbc my sbc dbe signaling-flow-stats detail vrf vpn3 ipv4 10.1.1.1 port 24000SBC Service "mySbc" signalingFlow 1 FlowPairState Open PinholeAge 15340 ms PinholeBandwidth 1500 Side A VpnId vpn3 LocalAddress 10.1.1.1 LocalPort 24000 RemoteAddress 192.168.1.1 RemotePort 32420 PackesRcvd 300 OctetsRcvd 6000 PacketsSent 100 OctetsSent 2000 PacketsDiscarded 0 OctetsDiscarded 0




vrf Specifies VRF.


ipv4 Specifies IPv4.

A.B.C.D. Specifies the IPv4 address.

port Specifies port.

port number Specifies the port number.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc dbe signaling-flow-stats

Side B VpnId <none> LocalAddress 10.1.1.2 LocalPort 24002 RemoteAddress 172.192.2.3 RemotePort 24002 PacketsRcvd 100 OctetsRcvd 2000 PacketsSent 300 OctetsSent 6000 PacketsDiscarded 0 OctetsDiscarded 0












OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc rsrcmon

show services sbc rsrcmonTo show congestion states and statistics during switchover, use the show services sbc rsrcmon command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name rsrcmon

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows the addresses that are configured on mySBC:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test rsrcmon Resource Monitoring : Enabled Congestion Status : Normal CPU Congestion Status : Normal Mem Congestion Status : Normal Calls Rejected Due to Congestion : 0 CPU Congestion Count : 0 Mem Congestion Count : 0 CPU Congestion Threshold : 91 % CPU Congestion Clear Threshold : 80 % Top Procs Frequency : 200 ms CPU Probe Duration during Congestion : 1000 ms CPU Probe Duration during Normal Operation : 3000 ms Avg CPU Utilization in last 500 msec : 0%(cpu0) 7%(cpu1) 1500 msec : 0%(cpu0) 10%(cpu1) SBC Memory Allocation Limit : No Limit Current Allocation : 78466149 bytes Peak Allocation : 78466149 bytes Allocation Failure Count : 0 Buffer Pool Usage : 67413 bytes CB Pool Usage : 37464456 bytes Free Memory SBC Holding : 40934280 bytes Memory Usage Ceiling : 180000000 bytes Last Monitored Usage : 37533189 bytes (20 %)

Here is info on malloc:Total memory for dynamic memory allocation (arena) -- 440040 bytesNumber of ordinary blk not in use (ordblks) --------- 4Number of small blk not in use (smblks) ------------- 0Number of blks allocated w/ mmap (hblks) ------------ 300Sum of memory allocated with mmap (hblkhd) ---------- 78798848 bytes

sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC service.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc rsrcmon

Space in small blks in use (usmblks) ---------------- 0 bytesSpace in free small blks (fsmblks) ------------------ 0 bytesSpace in ordinary blocks in use (uordblks) ---------- 434736 bytesSpace in free ordinary blocks (fordblks) ----------- 5304 byteskeepcost -------------------------------------------- 5168 Here is OS memory infoTotal = 844869632 bytesUsed = 470876160 bytes (321875968 bytes after minus buffers/cached)Free = 373993472 bytes (522993664 bytes after adding buffers/cached)Shared = 0 bytesBuffers = 1130496 bytesCached = 147869696 bytes




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe aaa

show services sbc sbe aaaTo list the AAA status and configuration on each SBE, use the show services sbc sbe aaa command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe aaa

Syntax Description



Command History


host1/Admin# show services sbc sbe aaa

SBC Service "mySbc" AAA control address: 10.1.0.1 Accounting server: 10.2.0.1 Authentication server: 172.19.5.1 Authentication server: 172.19.5.2

Related Commands




Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe addresses

show services sbc sbe addressesTo list the addresses configured on SBEs, use the show services sbc sbe addresses command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe addresses

Syntax Description



Command History


host1/Admin# show services sbc mySBC sbe addresses

SBC Service "mySbc" Control Addresses AAA control address: 10.1.0.1 H.248 control address: 10.1.0.1

Signaling Addresses H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42: 10.1.0.2:1720, VRF vpn3 SIP adjacency SipToIsp42: 10.1.0.2:5060, VRF vpn3

Related Commands




Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe adjacencies

show services sbc sbe adjacenciesTo display all adjacencies, use the show services sbc sbe adjacencies command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe adjacencies

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows the adjacencies that are configured on SBEs:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe adjacencies

SBC Service ''mysbc'' Name Type State Description --------------------------------------------- h323-7206-CG H.323 Attached h323-ixvoice H.323 Attached sip-60 SIP Attached 7600-phone1 SIP Attached 7600-phone2 SIP Attached sip-ixvoice SIP Attached sip-7206-CG- SIP Attached

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc sbe adjacencies detail Displays all the fields specified SIP adjacency.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe adjacencies detail

show services sbc sbe adjacencies detailTo display all the fields specified SIP adjacency, use the show services sbc sbe adjacencies detail command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe adjacencies adjacency-name detail

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows all the fields for the SIP adjacency sip-shanghai:

host1/Admin# show services sbc sbc sbe adjacencies sip-shanghai detailSBC Service "sbc" Adjacency sip-shanghai (SIP) Status: Attached Description: Signaling address: 10.140.90.6:5060, VRF Admin Signaling-peer: 10.0.3.13:5060 Remote address: 10.0.3.13 255.255.255.255 Force next hop: No Account: Group: None In header profile: Default Out header profile: Default In method profile: Default Out method profile: Default In UA option prof: Default Out UA option prof: Default In proxy opt prof: Default Out proxy opt prof: Default Priority set name: None Local-id: 10.120.10.6 Rewrite REGISTER: Off Target address: None NAT Status: Auto Detect Reg-min-expiry: 3000 seconds Fast-register: Enabled Fast-register-int: 30 seconds Register aggregate: Disabled Register Out Interval: 0 seconds


adjacency-name The name of the SIP adjacency whose details are to be displayed.



Release 3.1.00 Modified to show statistic settings.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe adjacencies detail

Authenticated mode: None Authenticated realm: None Auth. nonce life time: 300 seconds IMS visited NetID: None Inherit profile: Default Force next hop: No Home network Id: None UnEncrypt key data: None SIPI passthrough: No Rewrite from domain: Yes Rewrite to header: Yes Media passthrough: No Preferred transport: UDP Hunting Triggers: Global Triggers Redirect mode: Pass-through Outbound-flood-rate: None Ping-enabled: No Signaling Peer Status: Not Tested rewrite request-uri: Disabled Statistics setting: Disabled


show services sbc sbe adjacencies Displays all adjacencies.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe adjacencies authentication-realms

show services sbc sbe adjacencies authentication-realmsTo display authentication realm on the specified adjacency, use the show services sbc sbe adjacencies authentication-realms command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe adjacencies adjacency-name authentication-realms

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to display all currently configured authentication-realms for all SIP adjacencies:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe adjacencies sipAdjacency authentication-realms

Configured authentication realms -------------------------------- Domain Username Password abcdef.com abc abc

Related Commands


adjacency-name The name of the SIP adjacency whose details are to be displayed.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe all-authentication-realms

Displays all currently configured authentication-realms for all SIP adjacencies.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe all-authentication-realms

show services sbc sbe all-authentication-realmsTo display all currently configured authentication-realms for all SIP adjacencies, use the show services sbc sbe all-authentication-realms command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbe all-authentication-realms

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to display all currently configured authentication realms for all SIP adjacencies:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe all-authentication-realms

Configured authentication realms--------------------------------Adjacency: SipToIsp42Domain Username Password Example.com usersbc passwordsbc

Related Commands

.This command has no arguments or keywords



Command Description

show services sbc sbe adjacencies authentication-realms

Displays authentication realm on the specified adjacency.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands services sbc sbe billing instance

services sbc sbe billing instanceTo see if media creation information is enabled in the billing message for a specific billing instance, use the show services sbc sbe billing instance command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe billing instance 0-7

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to display the billing configuration:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe billing instance 1Billing Manager Information: Local IP address: 0.0.0.0 LDR check time: 00:00 Record media create info: Yes/No Method packetcable-em Admin Status: UP Operation Status: UP1

Related Commands


0-7 The billing instance whose details are to be displayed.



Command Description

record-media-create-info Activates support for media information support in billing.

services sbc sbe billing instances Displays whether media creation information is enabled in the billing message for all billing instances.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands services sbc sbe billing instances

services sbc sbe billing instancesTo see whether media creation information is enabled in the billing message for all billing instances, use the show services sbc sbe billing instances command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbe billing instances

Syntax Description



Command History


host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe billing instancesBilling Manager Information: Local IP address: 0.0.0.0 LDR check time: 00:00 Record media create info: Yes/No Method packetcable-em Admin Status: UP Operation Status: UP

Related Commands




Command Description

services sbc sbe billing instance Displays whether media creation information is enabled in the billing message for a specific billing instance.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe billing remote

show services sbc sbe billing remoteTo display the billing configuration. use the show services sbc sbe billing remote command in EXEC mode.


Syntax Description



Command History


host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe billing remote

billing Local IP address: 10.21.20.1

Related Commands




Command Description

services sbc sbe billing instances Shows if media creation information is enabled in the billing message for all billing instances.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits

show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limitsTo list the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured, use the show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits command in EXEC mode.

Values not explicitly configured and, therefore, inherited from other defaults, are bracketed.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist configured-limits

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following command lists the limits that you explicitly configured, showing only the sources. Non-explicitly configured values appear in brackets:

host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# show services sbc mySbc sbe blacklist configured-limits

SBC Service mySbc SBE dynamic blacklist configured limits

Default for all addresses=========================Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication 20 1 sec 1 hourBad address 20 1 sec 1 hourRouting 20 1 sec 1 hourRegistration 5 30 sec 10 hoursPolicy 20 1 sec 1 dayCorrupt 20 100 ms 1 hour

Default for addresses on vpn3=============================Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication 20 1 sec 1 dayBad address 20 1 sec 1 dayRouting 20 1 sec 1 dayRegistration 5 30 sec 1 dayPolicy 20 1 sec 1 dayCorrupt 50 100 ms 12 hours

112.234.23.2============

sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe blacklist configured-limits

Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication 2000 (1 sec) (1 hour)Bad address 2000 (1 sec) (1 hour)Routing 2000 (1 sec) (1 hour)Registration 500 (30 sec) (10 hours)Policy 2000 (1 sec) (1 day)Corrupt 2000 (100 ms) (1 hour)

vpn3 172.19.12.12=================Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication (20) (1 sec) (1 hour)Bad address (20) (1 sec) (1 hour)Routing (20) (1 sec) (1 hour)Registration (5) (30 sec) (10 hours)Policy (20) (1 sec) (1 day)Corrupt 40 10 ms (1 hour)

Default for ports of vpn3 172.19.12.12======================================Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication 20 1 sec 1 hourBad address 20 1 sec 1 hourRouting 20 1 sec 1 hourRegistration 5 30 sec 10 hoursPolicy 20 1 sec 1 dayCorrupt 20 100 ms 1 hour


reason Enters a submode for configuring a limit to a specific event type on the source (in other words, a port, IP address, VPN, global address space).




show services sbc sbe blacklist

Lists the limits in force for a particular source (whether they are from defaults or explicitly configured) in a form in which they can be entered into the CLI. Also listed are any defaults for a smaller scope configured at this address.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting

show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklistingTo list the limit causing sources to be blacklisted, use the show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist current-blacklisting

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows the current blacklisting information for the SBC:

host1/Admin# show sbc mySbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting

SBC Service mySbc SBE dynamic blacklist current members

Global addresses================Source Source Blacklist TimeAddress Port Reason Remaining------- ------ --------- ---------125.125.111.123 All Authentication 15 mins125.125.111.253 UDP 85 Registration 10 secs144.12.12.4 TCP 80 Corruption Never endsVRF: vpn3=========Source Source Blacklist TimeAddress Port Reason Remaining------- ------ --------- ---------132.15.1.2 TCP 285 Registration 112 secs172.23.22.2 All Policy 10 hours

Related Commands

sbc-name Defines the name of the service.



Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe blacklist current-blacklisting







Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4

show services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4To list the limits in force for a particular source—whether from defaults or explicitly configured—in a form in which they can be entered into the CLI, use the show services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4 command in EXEC mode. Also listed are any defaults for a smaller scope configured at this address.

Values not explicitly configured and, therefore, inherited from other defaults, are bracketed.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe blacklist [source] ipv4 IP address

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to list blacklisting information for a specific VPN with a valid IPv4 address:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe blacklist vpn3 ipv4 172.19.12.12

SBC Service mySbc SBE dynamic blacklist vpn3 172.19.12.12

vpn3 172.19.12.12=================Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication (20) 10 ms (1 hour)Bad address (20) 10 ms (1 hour)Routing (20) 10 ms (1 hour)Registration (5) 100 ms (10 hours)Policy (20) 10 ms (1 day)Corrupt 40 10 ms (1 hour)

Default for ports of vpn3 172.19.12.12======================================Reason Trigger Trigger Blacklisting Size Period Period------ ------- ------- ------------Authentication 20 1 sec 1 hour

sbc-name Specifies the name of the SBC.

source Specifies the source for which you want to display blacklisting information. This source is one of the following values:

• VPN ID (Only VPN ID is permitted in the present implementation.)

IP address Specifies the IPv4 address.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe blacklist ipv4

Bad address 20 1 sec 1 hourRouting 20 1 sec 1 hourRegistration 5 30 sec 10 hoursPolicy 20 1 sec 1 dayCorrupt 20 100 ms 1 hour











OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set

show services sbc sbe cac-policy-setTo list detailed information for a given entry in a CAC policy table, use the show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe cac-policy-set set-id {table name entry entry-id} {tables}

Syntax Description



.

Examples The following example lists detailed information for entry 1 of the standard_policy_list CAC table, which is part of CAC policy set 1:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe cac-policy-set 1 table std_policy_list entry 1

SBC Service "mysbc"Policy set 1 table std_policy_list entry 1 Match value Action Next table Next-table subscriber_limits Max calls Unlimited Max call rate Unlimited Max in-call rate Unlimited Max out-call rate Unlimited Max registrations Unlimited Max reg. rate Unlimited Max bandwidth Unlimited Max channels Unlimited Transcoder Allowed Caller privacy setting Never hide Callee privacy setting Never hide Early media Allowed Early media direction Both Early media timeout 0 Restrict codecs to list default


set-id Specifies the numeric identifier of the CAC policy set to which the table belongs.

table name Specifies the name of the table.

entry entry-id Specifies the numeric identifier of the entry that you want to display.

tables Shows all tables in the specified CAC policy set.



Release 3.1.00 This command was modified to show new information in the CAC policy entry.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set

Media bypass Allowed Number of calls rejected by this entry 0sbc/Admin#


show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entry

Displays a summary of the entries associated with the given routing table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-sets

show services sbc sbe cac-policy-setsTo list all of the CAC policy sets on the SBE, use the show services sbc sbe cac-policy-sets command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe cac-policy-sets

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example lists all of the CAC (Call Admission Control) policy sets on the SBE:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe cac-policy-sets

SBC Service ''mySbc'' Policy Set Description --------------------------------------------------------- 1 No Description List Active policy set: 1

Related Commands




Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set tables

show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set tablesTo list a summary of the CAC policy tables associated with the given policy set, use the show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set tables command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe cac-policy-set id tables

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example lists a summary of the CAC policy tables associated with the given policy set 1:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe cac-policy-set 1 tables SBC Service "mysbc"Policy set 1 tablesTable name Match type Description Total Failures----------------------------------------------------------subscriber-limits subscriber

Related Commands


id The numeric identifier of the CAC policy set whose tables are to be displayed.



Release 3.1.00 Modified to show new match type.

Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entries

show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entriesTo list a summary of the CAC policy tables associated with the given policy set, use the show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entries command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe cac-policy-set id table name entries

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example lists a summary of the CAC policy table associated with the given policy set 1:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe cac-policy-set 1 table std-policy-list entriesSBC Service "mysbc"Policy set 1 table std-policy-list entries Entry Match Value ---------------------------CAC Policy entry 1 subscriber

Related Commands


id The numeric identifier of the CAC policy set whose tables are to be displayed.

name The name of the table whose entries are to be displayed.



Release 3.1.00 Modifed to show new match value.

Command Description




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entry

show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entryTo list detailed information for a given entry in a CAC policy table, use the show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entry command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe cac-policy-set id table name entry entry

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example lists detailed information for a given entry (1) in a CAC policy table associated with the given policy set 1:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe cac-policy-set 2 table limited-category entry 1SBC Service "mysbc"Policy set 1 table std_policy_list entry 1 Match value Action CAC Complete Max calls Unlimited Max call rate Unlimited Max registrations Unlimited Max reg. rate Unlimited Max bandwidth Unlimited Max channels Unlimited Transcoder Allowed Caller privacy setting Never hide Callee privacy setting Never hide Early media Allowed Early media direction Both Early media timeout 0 Restrict codecs to list default Media bypass Allowed Number of calls rejected by this entry 0 Match Prefix length 24host1/Admin#


id The numeric identifier of the CAC policy set whose tables are displayed.

name The name of the table whose entries are to be displayed.

entry The numeric identifier of the entry to display.



Release 3.1.00 Modified to show the new configuration added under an entry.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe cac-policy-set table entry





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call branches

show services sbc sbe call branchesTo show all the branches on the specified call on SBEs, use the show services sbc sbe call branches command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbe call call-num branches

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to display the branches associated with call 2:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe call 2 branches

SBC Service "mySbc"Call: 2 State: activeType: video

Branch Calling Number Called Number Billing ID1 102 789 767 - DAB3C4D153624C7124E12342 - 05 659 896

call-num Specifies the call to display information about.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set

show services sbc sbe call-policy-setTo list information concerning call-policy-sets, use the show services sbc sbe call-policy-set command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe call-policy-set [active | 1-2147483647 [detail | table {number-analysis | table-name [detail | entry num]}]]

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to show all call policy sets:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set

Policy set 1 Description : basic adjacency route Active policy set : No First Number Analysis table : First call routing table : start-table First reg routing table : start-table

Table Name : start-table Class : Routing Table type : rtg-src-adj Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)

Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 sipp-a sipp-b Routing complete 2 sipp-b sipp-a Routing complete 3 h323-2 h323-1 Routing complete 4 h323-1 h323-2 Routing complete


1-2147483647 Specifies the routing policy set ID.

active Shows the active call policy set.

detail Shows the full configuration of the call policy set.

table Shows a specific table in the call policy set.

number-analysis Shows number analysis tables.

table-name Specifies a table name. Maximum size is 24 characters.

entry num Shows a specific entry number.




OL-13499-04


Policy set 2 Description : Active policy set : No First Number Analysis table : First call routing table : start-table First reg routing table : start-table


Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 sipp-2 sipp-1 Routing complete 2 sipp-1 sipp-2 Routing complete 3 sipp-4 sipp-3 Routing complete 4 sipp-3 sipp-4 Routing complete 5 sipp-6 sipp-5 Routing complete 6 sipp-5 sipp-6 Routing complete

Policy set 3 Description : Active policy set : No First Number Analysis table : hotel_dialing_plan First call routing table : First reg routing table :

Table Name : hotel_dialing_plan Class : Number Analysis Table type : na-dst-pre Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)

Policy set 4 Description : Active policy set : No First Number Analysis table : First call routing table : start-table First reg routing table : start-table


Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 sipp-4 sipp-1 Routing complete 2 sipp-1 sipp-4 Routing complete

Policy set 5 Description : Active policy set : Yes First Number Analysis table : hotel_dialing_plan First call routing table : start-routing First reg routing table :

Table Name : internal-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-src-adj Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)

Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action


OL-13499-04


----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 sipp-1 sipp-2 Routing complete

Table Name : external-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-dst-add Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)

Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 9469 sipp-3 Routing complete 2 9972 sipp-4 Routing complete

Table Name : start-routing Class : Routing Table type : rtg-category Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)

Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 internal Next table(internal-route) 2 external Next table(external-route) 3 international Next table(international-route) 4 emergency sipp-6 Routing complete 5 Blocked Reject

Table Name : international-route Class : Routing Table type : rtg-least-cost Total Call-policy Failures: 0 (0 *)

Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 No match value sipp-5 Routing complete 2 No match value sipp-6 Routing complete 3 No match value sipp-1 Routing complete


Entry Match Value Action ----- ----------- ------ 1 XXX Routing complete 2 9XXX Routing complete 3 911 Routing complete 4 011 Routing complete 5 900 Routing complete

* Numbers in brackets refer to a call being rejected by a routing or number analysis table because there were no matching entries in the table. This is also included in the total figure.

The following example shows how to list the active call policy set:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set active



OL-13499-04



Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 sipp-1 sipp-2 Routing complete










The following example shows how to specify a call policy set by its identification number:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set 5


OL-13499-04


SBC Service "test"



Entry Match Value Destination Adjacency Action ----- ----------- --------------------- ------ 1 sipp-1 sipp-2 Routing complete










OL-13499-04



The following example shows how to list the full configuration of a call policy set:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set 5 detail SBC Service "test"



Entry : 1 Match adjacency sipp-1 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-2 Cost 0 Weight 1 Failures 0


Entry : 1 Match address 9469 Matching as a prefix Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-3 Cost 0 Weight 1 Failures 0 Entry : 2 Match address 9972 Matching as a prefix Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-4 Cost 0 Weight 1 Failures 0


Entry : 1 Match category internal Action Next table Next-table internal-route Failures 0 Entry : 2 Match category external


OL-13499-04


Action Next table Next-table external-route Failures 0 Entry : 3 Match category international Action Next table Next-table international-route Failures 0 Entry : 4 Match category emergency Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-6 Cost 0 Weight 1 Failures 0 Entry : 5 Match category Blocked Action Reject Failures 0


Entry : 1 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-5 Cost 10 Weight 1 Failures 0 Entry : 2 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-6 Cost 30 Weight 50 Failures 0 Entry : 3 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-1 Cost 30 Weight 10 Failures 0


Entry : 1 Match address XXX Action Accept Category internal Entry : 2 Match address 9XXX Action Accept Category external Entry : 3 Match address 911 Action Accept Category emergency Entry : 4 Match address 011 Action Accept


OL-13499-04


Category international Entry : 5 Match address 900 Action Accept Category Blocked


The following example shows how to list number analysis tables:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set 5 table number-analysis SBC Service "test"





The following example shows how to list a specific table in the call policy set:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set 5 table international-route SBC Service "test"




* Numbers in brackets refer to a call being rejected by a routing or number analysis table because there were no matching entries in the table. This is


OL-13499-04


also included in the total figure.

The following example shows how to list all configurations for a specific call policy set table:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-policy-set 5 table international-route detail SBC Service "test"



Entry : 1 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-5 Cost 10 Weight 1 Failures 0 Entry : 2 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-6 Cost 30 Weight 50 Failures 0 Entry : 3 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-1 Cost 30 Weight 10 Failures 0

* Numbers in brackets refer to a call being rejected by a routing or number analysis table because there were no matching entries in the table. This is also included in the total figure.#

The following example shows how to list a specific entry:

host1/Admin# services sbc test sbe call-policy-set 5 table international-route entry 3SBC Service "test"



Entry : 3 Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency sipp-1 Cost 30 Weight 10


OL-13499-04


Failures 0



call-policy-set Creates a new policy set.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entry

show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entryTo display detailed information for a given entry in a CAC policy table, use the show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entry command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe call-policy-set id table name entry entry

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to display a summary of the entries associated with the given table:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe call-policy-set 1 table rtgTable entry 1 SBC Service ''mySbc'' Policy set 1 table rtgTable entry 1 Routing table entry Match adjacency sipOrig Action Routing complete Dest Adjacency h323Term Failures 0NEED UPDATED SAMPLW

Related Commands

id Specifies the numeric identifier of the routing policy set to which the table belongs.

name Specifies the table whose entries are to be displayed.

sbc name Name of the SBC service.

entryentry Specifies the entry index of the table.



Release 3.1.00 Modifies to support new tables.

Command Description

show services sbc sbe call-policy-set table entries

Displays a summary of the entries associated with a given table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-rate-stats

show services sbc sbe call-rate-statsTo list all of the current rate of attempted call setups per second over a short period of time (default to 3 seconds,. use the show services sbc sbe call-rate-stats command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe call-rate-stats

Syntax Description

Command Default Default value is 3 seconds.


Command History

Examples The following example shows how to list all of the current rate of attempted call setups per second:

host1/Admin# show services sbc sbc-1 sbe call-rate-statsCalls Per Second:-----------------Current CPS 10Maximum CPS 80Minimum CPS 1Average CPS 0

Related Commands




Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe calls

show services sbc sbe callsTo list all the calls on the SBEs, use the show services sbc sbe calls command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe calls

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to list the complete call statistics for the current hour:

host1/Admin# show services sbc a sbe calls

SBC Service ''a'' Call State Type Src Adjacency Dest Adjacency ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- 393 Activating Audio navtel1 navtel2 394 Activating Audio navtel1 navtel2 host1/Admin#

Related Commands




Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe call-stats

show services sbc sbe call-statsTo list the statistics for all the calls on the specified SBE, use the show services sbc sbe call-stats command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe call-stats period

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines Readings are taken at 5-minute intervals past the hour (that is, 05, 10, 15, and so on). Current readings apply to the statistics since the last appropriate readings were taken.

If the time is now 12:34, currenthour will apply to the statistics collected since 00:00 and current15mins will be since 12:30. In this example, previous hour would be 11:00-12:00 and previous15mins would be 12:15-12:30.


period Specifies the interval when the statistics display. The possible values are:

• current15mins—Stats from current 15 minute interval. Shows the average of all snapshots taken since the last 15 minute boundary.

• current5mins—Stats from current 5 minute interval. Shows the instantaneous number of activating, deactivating or active calls.

• currentday—Stats from current day from midnight. Shows the average of all snapshots taken since the last 15 minute boundary.

• currenthour—Stats in current hour. Shows the average of all snapshots taken since the last 15 minute boundary.

• previous15mins—Stats from previous 15 minute interval. Shows the average of the four snapshots (taken on the 5 minute boundaries) during the previous full 15 minute period.

• previous5mins—Stats from previous 5 minute interval. Shows the instantaneous number of activating, deactivating or active calls at the previous 5 minute boundary.

• previousday—Stats from the previous day. Shows the average of the four snapshots taken since the last whole day multiple.

• previoushour—Stats from the previous hour. Shows the average of the four snapshots taken since the last whole hour multiple.




OL-13499-04


If a reading occurs on a 15 minute boundary (that is. 0:15, 0:30, 0:45, 1:00, and so on) the code will move the value of the current15 minutes bucket into the previous15 minutes bucket and reset the current15minutes. This process is repeated on hour and day boundaries for the previoushour and previousday statistics respectively.

The call-stats field descriptors are as follows:

• Active calls—When the period queried is "current5mins", this is the number of calls currently active at the instant that the query is issued. Otherwise, this is the average number of calls that have been active for the entire period.

• Activating calls—When the period queried is "current5mins", this is the number of calls currently activating at the instant that the query is issued. Otherwise, this is the average number of calls that have been activating for the entire period.

• Deactivating calls—When the period queried is "current5mins", this is the number of calls currently deactivating at the instant that the query is issued. Otherwise, this is the average number of calls that have been deactivating for the entire period.

• Total call attempts—Call establishment attempts made. Because a call attempt may have failed in a later summary period, this may include failed calls that are not included in the failed call attempt count.

• Failed call attempts—Call establishment attempts failed. Because a failed call attempt may result from a call that was started during a previous summary period, this may include call attempts that are not included in the total call attempt count.

• Successful call attempts—0 if the total call attempts are less than the failed call attempts; otherwise this is the total call attempts minus the failed call attempts.

• Call routing failed—The total number of call setup failures due to routing policies.

• Call resources failed—Call establishment attempts failed due to a resource failure.

• Call media failed—Call establishment attempts failed due to a media failure on a call. The media failure could be because the caller and callee could not agree on the media to use or because the SBC rejects the media request because it would break CAC policy.

• Call signaling failed—Call establishment attempts failed due to a signaling failure.

• Active call failures—Calls failed from an active state. Includes all deactivation causes other than normal release.

• Congestion failures—Call establishment attempts failed due to system congestion.

Examples The following example shows how to list the complete call statistics for the current hour:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe call-stats current15mins

SBC Service ''test'' Active calls: 0 Activating calls = 0 Deactivating calls = 0 Total call attempts = 0 Failed call attempts = 0 Successful call attempts = 0 Call routing failed = 0 Call resources failed = 0 Call media failed = 0 Call signaling failed = 0 Active call failures = 0 Congestion failures = 0


OL-13499-04


Note The Deactivating calls statistic displays the number of calls that are undergoing deactivation internally in the SBC. This statistic does not include the number of calls for which the SBC is waiting for a response from an endpoint to signal call teardown.


show services sbc sbe call-rate-stats

Lists all of the current rate of attempted call setups per second over a short period of time.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe codec-list

show services sbc sbe codec-listTo show information about the codec lists that are configured on the SBE, use the show services sbc sbe codec-list command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe codec-list list-name

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to display information about the codec list named my_codecs.

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe codec-list my_codecs

SBC Service "mySbc"

Codec list "my_codecs" (Legitimate codecs) Codec Name Min Packetization Period ========== ======================== PCMU 20ms G729 10ms

Related Commands






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe gates

show services sbc sbe gatesTo list the gates created on the SBE, use the show services sbc sbe gates command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe gates

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to list the gates created on the SBE:

host1/Admin# show services sbc a sbe gates

SBC Service ''a'' Billing correlator A: 0x4803FFFFFF8EFFFFFFD12020202020202030000000000000000000 000544 Billing correlator B: 0x4803FFFFFF8EFFFFFFD12020202020202030000000000000000000 000543 Media Gateway is collocated Number of flow pairs = 1

host1/Admin#





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe h323 timers

show services sbc sbe h323 timersTo display a list of H.323 timer configuration, use the show services sbc sbe h323 command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe h323 timers

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe h323 timers command is used to display a list of H.323 timer configuration:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe h323 timers

SBC Service ''test'' H.323 Timers Global scope adjacency retry timeout 30000 h225 timeout setup 4000 h225 timeout proceeding 10000 h225 timeout establishment 180000 ras rrq ttl 60 ras rrq keepalive 45000 ras retry count (arq) 2 ras timeout (arq) 5000 ras retry count (brq) 2 ras timeout (brq) 3000 ras retry count (drq) 2 ras timeout (drq) 3000 ras retry count (grq) 2 ras timeout (grq) 5000 ras retry count (rrq) 2 ras timeout (rrq) 3000 ras retry count (urq) 1 ras timeout (urq) 3000

Adjacency tekOrig H225 Timeout Setup 4000 H225 Timeout Proceeding 10000 H225 Timeout Establishment 180000 RAS RRQ TTL 60 RAS RRQ Keepalive 45000 RAS Retry Count (arq) 2 RAS Timeout (arq) 5000





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe h323 timers

RAS Retry Count (brq) 2 RAS Timeout (brq) 3000 RAS Retry Count (drq) 2 RAS Timeout (drq) 3000 RAS Retry Count (grq) 2 RAS Timeout (grq) 5000 RAS Retry Count (rrq) 2 RAS Timeout (rrq) 3000 RAS Retry Count (urq) 1 RAS Timeout (urq) 3000


show services sbc sbe hunting-trigger Shows the the H.323 hunting triggers at the global level.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe hold-media-timeout

show services sbc sbe hold-media-timeoutTo show the configured duration of the media timeout timer for on-hold calls, use the show services sbc sbe hold-media-timeout command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe hold-media-timeout

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows sample data for the media timeout timer for on-hold calls:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe hold-media-timeout

SBC Service "mysbc"

SBE On-hold media timeout duration is: 10 secondshost1/Admin#

Related Commands

sbc-name Specifies the SBC service.



Command Description

hold-media-timeout Configures the time an SBE will wait after receiving a media timeout notification from the DBE for an on-hold call before tearing that call down.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe hunting-trigger

show services sbc sbe hunting-triggerTo show the the H.323 or SIP hunting triggers at the global level, use the show services sbc sbe hunting-trigger command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe {h323 | sip} hunting-trigger

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows sample data for the media timeout timer for on-hold calls:

host1/Admin# show services sbc uut105-1 sbe h323 hunting-trigger

H.323 Hunting Triggers ---------------------- noBandwidth unreachableDestination destinationrejection noPermission badFormatAddress securityDenied

Related Commands


h323 Specifies H.323 hunting-trigger.

sip Specifies SIP hunting-trigger.



Command Description

hunting-trigger Configures failure return codes to trigger hunting.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe media-gateway-associations

show services sbc sbe media-gateway-associationsTo list all the media gateways associated with this SBE and statistics associated with the media gateway, use the show services sbc sbe media-gateway-associations command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe media-gateway-associations

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to list all the media gateways associated with this SBE and statistics associated with the media gateway:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe media-gateway-associations

SBC Service ''test'' Media gateway 200.200.207.101:2944 Gateway Protocol = megaco Transport Protocol = UDP Local Address = 88.104.1.3:2944

Sent Received Failed Retried Requests 3687 1 0 0 Replies 1 3686 - 0

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc sbe media-gateways Lists the gateway configuration and attachment status on SBE.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe media-gateways

show services sbc sbe media-gatewaysTo list the gateway configuration and attachment status on SBE, use the show services sbc sbe media-gateways command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe media-gateways

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to list the gateway configuration and attachment status on SBEs:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe media-gateways

SBC Service “mySbc” Configured Gateway 10.0.0.1 Configured Gateway 100.1.0.1 Configured Gateway 172.3.4.9

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc sbe media-gateway-associations

Lists all the media gateways associated with this SBE and statistics associated with the media gateway.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats

show services sbc sbe policy-failure-statsTo list the statistics for all of the policy failures on a specific SBE, use the show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-failure-stats period

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines Readings are taken at five-minute intervals past the hour (for example, 05, 10, 15 and so on). Current readings apply to the statistics since the last appropriate readings were taken.

If the time is now 12:34 then currenthour applies to the statistics collected since 11:35 and current15mins is since 12:20. Also, in this example, previoushour indicates 10:35-11:35 and previous15mins indicates 12:05-12:20.

Examples The following example shows the complete policy failure stats for the current hour:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe policy-failure-stats current15mins


period Specifies the time period for the statistics that you want to display. The time period can be one of the following:

• current15mins—Displays statistics in 15 minute intervals starting from the current minute.


• currentday—Displays statistics for the current day starting midnight of the same day.

• currenthour—Displays statistics for the current hour.

• previous15mins—Displays statistics from previous 15 minute intervals.


• previousday—Displays statistics from the previous day.

• previoushour—Displays statistics from the previous hour.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats

SBC Service ''test'' Policy failure statistics for the current 15 mins: Total call setup failures: 0 Total call update failures: 0 Call setups failed due to NA: 0 Call setups failed due to rtg: 0 Call setups failed due to CAC: 0 CAC fails due to num call lim: 0 CAC fails due to rate call lim: 0 CAC fails due to num channels lim: 0 CAC fails due to num media updates: 0 CAC fails due to bandwidth lim: 0


clear services sbc sbe policy-rejection-stats

Clears all the policy rejection statistics by the SBE.

show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency

Lists the statistics for all the policy failures on the specified SBE.

show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency

Lists the statistics for the policy failures for calls with the adjacency.

show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account

Lists the statistics for the policy failures for calls with the account.

show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account

Lists the statistics for the policy failures for calls with the account.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account

show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-accountTo list policy failure statistics for a specified target account for a specified time period, use the show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account name period time-period

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example lists the policy failure statistics for an adjacent account named AA for the current hour:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account AA period currenthour

SBC Service “mysbc”Policy failure statistics for the current hour for source adjacency AA

Total call setup failures: 10


name Specifies the name of the account for which you would like to display statistics. The maximum length of this value is 30 characters.

period time-period Specifies the time period to which the statistics apply. Choose one of the following time intervals:












OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-account

Call setups failed due to NA: 5Call setups failed due to rtg: 3Call setups failed due to CAC: 2CAC fails due to num call lim: 1CAC fails due to rate call lim: 0CAC fails due to num channels lim: 0CAC fails due to bandwidth lim: 1



Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified target adjacency for the specified time period.


Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified source account for the specified time period.


Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified source adjacency for the specified time period.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency

show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacencyTo list policy failure statistics for a specified target adjacency for a specified time period use the show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency name period time-period

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows the policy failure statistics for an adjacency named ZZ for the current hour:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency ZZ period currenthour

SBC Service “mysbc”Policy failure statistics for the current hour for source adjacency ZZ



name Specifies the name of the adjacency for which you would like to display statistics. The maximum length of this value is 30 characters.













OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats dst-adjacency




Lists policy failure statistics for calls within the specified target account for the specified time period.






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account

show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-accountTo list policy failure statistics for a specified source account for a specified time period use the show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-failure-stats src-account name period time-period

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows the policy failure statistics for a source account named BB for the current hour:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account BB period currenthour

SBC Service “mysbc”Policy failure statistics for the current hour for source adjacency BB



name Specifies the name of the account for which you would like to display statistics. The maximum length of this value is 30 characters.













OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-account










OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency

show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacencyTo list policy failure statistics for a specified source adjacency for a specified time period use the show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency name period time-period

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example displays policy failure statistics for a source adjacency named YY for the current hour:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency Acct1 period current15mins

SBC Service ''test'' Policy failure statistics for the current 15 mins for source adjacency Acct1 Total call setup failures: 0 Call setups failed due to NA: 0


name Specifies the name of the adjacency for which you would like to display statistics. The maximum name length is 30 characters.













OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe policy-failure-stats src-adjacency

Call setups failed due to rtg: 0 Call setups failed due to CAC: 0 CAC fails due to num call lim: 0 CAC fails due to rate call lim: 0 CAC fails due to num channels lim: 0 CAC fails due to bandwidth lim: 0









OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe qos-profiles

show services sbc sbe qos-profilesTo list all QoS profiles, use the show services sbc sbe qos-profiles command in EXEC mode. If you specify a QoS profile, the details of that profile are shown.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe qos-profiles [profile-name]

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to list all of the QoS profiles on the SBE:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe qos-profiles

SBC Service ''test'' Profile name Class --------------------------------------------------------- default Voice profile6 Voice residential Voice default Video profile3 Video profile5 Video profile7 Video profile9 Video default Fax default Signaling profile2 Signaling profile4 Signaling profile8 Signaling 7

The show services sbc test sbe qos-profiles command is invalid when displaying one profile. Correct usage is singular as shown below.

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe qos-profiles profile6 ^ % long command detected at '^' marker.

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe qos-profile profile6 SBC Service ''test'' QoS profile profile6 Class of Service Voice Marking type Passthrough


profile-name (Optional) Specifies the profile name.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe qos-profiles

host1/Admin#





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting acounting

show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting acountingTo list the the parameters configured for the account, use the show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting acounting command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe radius-client-accounting acounting client-name

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example lists the the parameters configured for accounting:

host1/Admin# show services sbc uut105-1 sbe radius-client-accounting accounting SBC1-account-1

SBC Service ''uut105-1'' radius client address = 88.105.2.100 radius client retry interval = 1200 radius client retry limit = 5 radius client concurrent requests limit = 250 host1/Admin#

Related Commands


client-name Clears all statistics for the specified local RADIUS client.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting authentication

Lists the the parameters configured for the authentication.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting authentication

show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting authenticationTo list the the parameters configured for the authentication, use the show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting authentication command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe radius-client-accounting authentication

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example lists the the parameters configured for the authentication:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe radius-client-accounting authentication

SBC Service ''node105'' radius client address = 88.105.128.100 radius client retry interval = 1800 radius client retry limit = 5 radius client concurrent requests limit = 250

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc sbe radius-client-accounting acounting

Lists the the parameters configured for the account.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe radius-client-stats

show services sbc sbe radius-client-statsTo list the RADIUS accounting client statistics for all accounting clients configured on an SBE, use the show services sbc sbe radius-client-stats command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe radius-client-stats radius-client [accounting client-name | authentication]

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to list the RADIUS accounting server statistics for all accounting servers configured on an SBE:

host1/Admin# show services sbc j sbe radius-client-stats accounting CISCO_UMSBC Service "j" Bad address packets: 0 Primary server: RADIUS1 Radius SET state: Active

The following example shows how to list the RADIUS accounting server statistics for all authentication servers configured on an SBE:

host1/Admin# show services sbc j sbe radius-client-stats authentication SBC Service "j" Bad address packets: 0 Primary server:

Related Commands


radius-client Specifies the RADIUS client to show.

accounting client-name

Specifies the name to assign to the accounting RADIUS client.




Command Description

show services sbc sbe radius-server-stats Lists the RADIUS server statistics for all accounting servers.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe radius-server-stats

show services sbc sbe radius-server-statsTo list the RADIUS server statistics for all accounting servers configured on a RADIUS client on an SBE, use the show services sbc sbe radius-server-stats command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe radius-server-stats radius-client [accounting client-name | authentication]

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to list the RADIUS server statistics for all accounting servers configured on a radius client on an SBE:

host1/Admin# show services sbc sanity sbe radius-server-stats accounting SBC1-account-1

SBC Service ''sanity'' Cisco-AR1-PC: Round trip time: 0 ms Access-requests sent: 0 Access-request retransmitted: 0 Access-accepts received: 0 Access-reject received: 0 Access-challenge received: 0 Accounting-requests sent: 0 Accounting-requests retransmitted: 0 Accounting-responses received: 0 Malformed packets received: 0 Invalid authenticators received: 0 Outstanding repsonses: 0 Timeouts occurred: 0 Unknown packets: 0 Packets dropped: 0

The following example shows how to list the RADIUS server statistics for all authentication servers configured on a radius client on an SBE:

host1/Admin# show services sbc sanity sbe radius-server-stats authentication


radius-client Specifies the RADIUS client to show.

accounting client-name

Specifies the name to assign to the accounting RADIUS client.





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe radius-server-stats

SBC Service ''sanity'' Cisco-AR1-PC: Round trip time: 0 ms Access-requests sent: 0 Access-request retransmitted: 0 Access-accepts received: 0 Access-reject received: 0 Access-challenge received: 0 Accounting-requests sent: 0 Accounting-requests retransmitted: 0 Accounting-responses received: 0 Malformed packets received: 0 Invalid authenticators received: 0 Outstanding repsonses: 0 Timeouts occurred: 0 Unknown packets: 0 Packets dropped: 0




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe redirect-limit

show services sbc sbe redirect-limitTo display the current limit on the maximum number of redirections that a call can undergo, use the show services sbc sbe redirect-limit command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe redirect-limit

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example displays the limit on the maximum number of redirections that a call can undergo:

host1/Admin# show service sbc mysbc sbe redirect-limit

SBC Service “mySbc”Call redirect limit is 4

Related Commands




Command Description

redirect-limit Configures the maximum number of redirections that SBC performs on a call.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe resource-priority-sets

show services sbc sbe resource-priority-setsTo display the resource priority sets, use the show services sbc sbe resource-priority-sets command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe resource-priority-sets

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines Lists the high-level status and capabilities of each instantiated SBE or DBE.

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe resource-priority-sets command is used to display the resource priority sets:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe resource-priority-setsSBC Service ''mysbc'' Resource priority sets --------------------------------------------------------- dsn host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe resource-priority-set dsn SBC Service ''mysbc'' Resource priority set: dsn

Name Value --------------------------------------------------------------------- dsn.flash Flash ACE-104-1.4/Admin#

Related Commands




Command Description

priority Configures the priority to associate with the Resource-Priority.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mapping

show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mappingTo display the mapping for codec strings between SDP (SIP) and H245 (H323), use the show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mapping command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sdp-h245-mapping

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mapping command is used.

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe sdp-h245-mappings

SBC Service ''mysbc''

SDP H.245 ------------------ PCMA g711Alaw64k PCMU g711Ulaw64k G722 g722_64k G723 g7231 G728 g728 G729 g729, g729AnnexA, g729wAnnexB, g729AnnexAwAnnexB GSM gsmFullRate t38 t38Fax

In H.323 calls, - T.38 fax is the only non-audio codec supported. - Audio codecs not in the list above are reported as ''PCMU''.

In SIP/H.323 interworking calls, only audio codecs using static RTP payload types are supported.





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mapping


show services sbc sbe sdp-match-table Shows the SDP match table configured on the SBC.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sdp-match-table

show services sbc sbe sdp-match-tableTo show the SDP match table configured on the SBC, use the show services sbc sbe sdp-match-table command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sdp-match-table [detail]

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sdp-match-table command is used to display SDP match table:

host1/Admin# show services sbc pgw sbe sdp-match-table detail Name : m <--- table name Action : blacklist <--- action: blacklist or whitelite Match String : ddd <--- several match string ddf ------------------------------------------------- Name : n Action : whitelist Match String : 2 3 4

Related Commands


detail Shows the SDP attribute configured on a given SDP match table.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe sdp-h245-mapping Displays the mapping for codec strings between SDP (SIP) and H245 (H323).


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sdp-policy-table

show services sbc sbe sdp-policy-tableTo show the SDP policy table configured on the SBC, use the show services sbc sbe sdp-policy-table command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sdp-policy-table

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe resource-priority-sets command is used to display the SDP policy table:

host1/Admin# show services sbc pgw sbe sdp-policy-table Name SDP Match Table -------------------------------------------------- p m <--- "m" is sdp match table name

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc sbe sdp-match-table Shows the SDP match table configured on the SBC.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip essential-headers

show services sbc sbe sip essential-headersTo display a list of the essential SIP headers, use the show services sbc sbe sip essential-headers command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip essential-headers

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip essential-headers command is used to display a list of all essential headers:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe sip essential-headers

Essential headers: AUTHORIZATION CALL-ID CONTACT CONTENT-LENGTH CONTENT-TYPE CSEQ EVENT EXPIRES FROM MAX-FORWARDS MIN-EXPIRES PROXY-AUTHORIZATION PROXY-AUTHENTICATE PROXY-REQUIRE RACK RECORD-ROUTE REFERRED-BY REFER-TO REPLACES REQUIRE ROUTE RSEQ SUBSCRIPTION-STATE SUPPORTED TO VIA WWW-AUTHENTICATE

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc sbe sip header-profiles

Displays a list of all configured SIP header profiles.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip essential-methods

show services sbc sbe sip essential-methodsTo display a list of the essential SIP methods, use the show services sbc sbe sip essential-methods command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip essential-methods

Syntax Description.



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip essential-methods command is used to display a list of all essential methods:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe sip essential-methods

Essential methods: ACK BYE CANCEL INVITE NOTIFY PRACK REFER REGISTER SUBSCRIBE

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc sbe sip method-profiles

Displays a list of all configured SIP method profiles.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip essential-options

show services sbc sbe sip essential-optionsTo show the options that are vital for base SBC operation, use the show services sbc sbe sip essential-options command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip essential-options

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines These options can not be configured on an option profile.

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip essential-options command is used to display a list of all essential methods:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip essential-optionsEssential options: 100REL

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc sbe sip method-profiles Displays a list of all configured SIP method profiles.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip fast-register-stats

show services sbc sbe sip fast-register-statsTo show how many subscribers have been afforded fast register status by the application, use the show services sbc sbe sip fast-register-stats command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip fast-register-stats

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines A register message in the context of this command is counted as a unique combination of the pair of address-of-record (AOR) and Contact-URI (CURI). Thus, a single REGISTER message from the subscriber, identified by an AOR with two contact URI will translate to a count of 2.

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip essential-options command is used to display a list of all essential methods:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc sbe sip fast-register-statsSBC Service "mysbc"

SIP fast register statistics: Total entries: 15





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip header-profile

show services sbc sbe sip header-profileTo display details of the specified SIP header profile, use the show services sbc sbe sip header-profile command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip header-profile profile-name

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip header-profile command is used to display details of the specified header profile:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip header-profile default

Header profile ''default'' Type: Whitelist Headers: HEADERS-A HEADERS-B HEADERS-C Adjacency: sip-60 (out) Adjacency: sip-61 (in)

Related Commands


profile-name Specifies the name of the header profile. If you enter the name default, the details of the default header profile are displayed.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe sip header-profiles

Displays a list of all configured SIP header profiles.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip header-profiles

show services sbc sbe sip header-profilesTo display a list of all configured SIP header profiles, use the show services sbc sbe sip header-profiles command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip header-profiles

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip header-profiles command is used to display a list of all configured header profiles:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe sip header-profiles

Header profile for SBC service "mysbc"Name In use====================================Profile1 YesDefault No

Related Commands




Release 3.1.00 Enhanced to show additional information.

Command Description

show services sbc sbe sip header-profile

Displays details of the specified SIP header profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip method-profile

show services sbc sbe sip method-profileTo display details for the specified method profile, use the show services sbc sbe sip method-profile command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip method-profile prof-name

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip method-profile command is used to display a specific method profile:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip method-profile method2

Method profile ''method2'' Type: Whitelist Methods: meth1 meth2 Adjacency: sip-60 (in) Adjacency: sip-61 (out)

Related Commands


prof-name Name of profile.



Release 3.1.00 Enhanced to show the response code map.

Command Description

show services sbc sbe sip header-profile Displays details of the specified SIP header profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip method-profiles

show services sbc sbe sip method-profilesTo display a list of all SIP method profiles, use the show services sbc sbe sip method-profiles command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip method-profiles

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip method-profiles command is used to display a list of all configured method profiles:

host1/Admin# show services sbc mySbc sbe sip method-profilesMethod profile for SBC service "mysbc"Name In use====================================Profile1 NoDefault Yes

Related Commands




Command Description

show services sbc sbe sip method-profile

Displays details of the specified SIP method profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip option-profile

show services sbc sbe sip option-profileTo show the details for a specified option profile, use the show services sbc sbe sip option-profile command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip option-profile profile-name

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip option-profile command is used to display details of the specified option profile:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip option-profile profile1

Option profile ''profile1'' Type: Whitelist Options: opt1 Adjacency: sip-60 (in-px) NABOO_4/Admin#show services sbc test sbe sip option-profile profile2 Option profile ''profile2'' Type: Whitelist Options: opt1 opt2 Not in use with any adjacencies

Related Commands


profile-name Specifies the name of the profile.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe sip option-profiles

Displays a list of all configured SIP option profiles.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats

show services sbc sbe sip-method-statsTo show the summary or detailed statistics for a SIP method, use the show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip-method-stats adj-name sip-req-name sip-response-code summery-period

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines Summary statistics displays all the response codes sent and received for a specific SIP method.

Detailed statistics displays the statistics for specific SIP method and response code. You must use the sip-response-code string to view detailed statistics.

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats command is used to display summary statistics for a specific SIP method:

host1//Admin# show services sbc sbc sbe sip-method-stats sip-41 invite currenthour

SBC Service "sbc"

Adjacency sip-41 (SIP)

Statistics for SIP method INVITE

Total request recieved :3

Total request sent :0

Total 1xx response received :0


adj-name Specifies the name of the adjacency.

sip-req-name Specifies the request name: ACK BYE CANCEL INFO INVITE MESSAGE NOTIFY OPTIONS PRACK REFER REGISTER SUBSCRIBE UNKNOWN UPDATE

sip-response-code 100-999

summery-period Values you can enter are current5mins, current15mins, currenthour, currentday, previous5mins, previous15mins, previoushour, or previousday.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats

Total 1xx response sent :3











Other response received :0

Other response sent :0

host1/Admin#

The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats command is used to display detailed statistics for a specific SIP method:

host1//Admin# show services sbc sbc sbe sip-method-stats sip-41 invite 604 currenthour

SBC Service "sbc"

Adjacency sip-41 (SIP)

Statistics for SIP method INVITE ,response 604

Response recieved: 0

Response sent : 3

host1/Admin#


show services sbc sbe sip option-profiles

Displays a list of all configured SIP option profiles.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip option-profiles

show services sbc sbe sip option-profilesTo display a summary of the configured option profiles, use the show services sbc sbe sip option-profiles command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip option-profiles

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip option-profiles command is used to display details of the specified header profile:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip option-profiles Option profiles for SBC service "test":

Name Description In use =================================================== default Default profile Yes OP1 Option profile 1 Yes OP2 Option profile 2 Yes OPTest Unused profile No

Related Commands





Command Description

sip option-profile Configures an option profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbc sbe sip parameter-profile

show services sbc sbc sbe sip parameter-profile To display a summary of the configured parameter-profile, use the show services sbc sbc sbe sip parameter-profile command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip parameter-profile profile-name

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbc sbe sip parameter-profile command is used to display details of the specified parmater-profile access-param:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip parameter-profile access-param Parameter profile "access-param" Description: Parameters: firewall action add-or-replace value private-ip-address Not in use with any method-profile In use by header-profile:access,header:contact,entry:1ACE-7/Admin# sh services sbc sbc sbe sip header-profile proxy Header profile "proxy" Description: Type: Whitelist Headers: contact entry 1 action as-profile parameter-profile proxy-param Not in use with any adjacencies Not in use with any method-profile

Related Commands





Command Description

parameter-profile Configures a parameter profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip subscribers

show services sbc sbe sip subscribersTo display details of all SIP endpoints that have registered with the SBC, use the show services sbc sbe sip subscribers command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc sbc-name sbe sip subscribers [filter prefix] [adjacency adj-name]

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc sbe sip subscribers command is used to display details of the SIP endpoints that have registered with the SBC:

host1/Admin# show services sbc node2 sbe sip subscribers

SBC Service "mysbc"SIP subscribers:

AOR: sip:[email protected] Location[s]: sip:[email protected]:5060 -> 7200-2 Fast register active, fast time remaining 88 sip:[email protected]:5060 -> 7200-2 Fast register active, fast time remaining 88SIP URI: sip:[email protected]:5070Registrar adj: 7200-1Time left: 181 secs

AOR: sip:[email protected] Location[s]: sip:[email protected]:5060 -> 7200-2 Fast register active, fast time remaining 88 sip:[email protected]:5060 -> 7200-2 Fast register active, fast time remaining 88SIP URI: sip:[email protected]:5070Registrar adj: 7200-1Time left: 181 secs


filter prefix Match only subscribers whose address-of-record starts with the specified prefix.

adjacency adj-name Match only subscribers registered on this adjacency.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip subscribers


show services sbc sbe sip timers Displays the current configuration of SIP-related timers.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc sbe sip timers

show services sbc sbe sip timersTo show the current configuration of SIP-related timers, use the show services sbc sbe sip timers command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc service-name sbe sip timers

Syntax Description



Command History

Examples The following example shows how to list the configurations of SIP-related timers:

host1/Admin# show services sbc test sbe sip timers

SBC Service ''test''

IP timer configuration: TCP connect timeout: 0 ms TCP idle timeout: 120000 ms TLS idle timeout: 3600000 ms INVITE timeout: 180 s UDP first retransmit interval: 500 ms UDP max retransmit interval: 4000 ms UDP response linger period: 5000 ms

Related Commands

service-name Specifies the name of the SBC.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe sip subscribers Displays details of all SIP endpoints that have registered with the SBC.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands show services sbc services

show services sbc servicesTo display lists all of the SBC services on the chassis, use the show services sbc services command in EXEC mode.

show services sbc services




Command History


Examples The following example shows how the show services sbc services command is used to display lists of all the SBC services on the chassis.

host1/Admin# show services sbc mysbc services

SBC Service "mySbc"SBE capabilities SIP Signaling H.323 Signaling H.248 media gateway control (MGC)

DBE capabilities

Related Commands



Command Description

show services sbc sbe calls Shows all the calls on the SBC.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands signaling-address ipv4

signaling-address ipv4To define the local IPv4 signaling address of an H.323 or SIP adjacency, use the signaling-address ipv4 command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

signaling-address ipv4 ipv4_IP_address

no signaling-address

Syntax Description




Command History


When defined, the SBE listens on this address for inbound call signaling from the adjacency. If two adjacencies share the same signaling address, a different remote domain name must be specified for each one.

Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to listen on signaling address 10.1.0.2:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-address ipv4 10.1.0.2

The following example shows how to configure the SIP adjacency adjSip1 to listen on signaling address 10.10.10.10:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip adjSip1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# signaling-address ipv4 10.10.10.10

ipv4_IP_address Specifies the IPv4 address for the signaling address of the SIP or H.323 adjacency.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands signaling-address ipv4


signaling-peer-port Configures an H.323 or SIP adjacency to use the given remote signaling-peer’s port.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands signaling-peer

signaling-peerTo configure an H.323 or SIP adjacency to use the given remote signaling-peer, use the signaling-peer command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

signaling-peer gk peer-name

no signaling-peer

Syntax Description




Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to use gatekeeper andrew:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-peer gk andrew

Note You can use the signaling-peer command to configure the SIP adjacency using the IP address or the hostname of the given remote signaling-peer.

The following example shows how to configure SIP adjacency using the IP address of the given remote signaling-peer:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip adjSip1

peer-name Specifies the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format.

gk Specifies the H.323 gatekeeper.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands signaling-peer

host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# signaling-peer 10.1.2.3

The following example shows how to configure SIP adjacency using the hostname of the given remote signaling-peer:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42

host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# signaling-peer athene


signaling-peer-port Configures an H.323 or SIP adjacency to use the given remote signaling-peer’s port.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands signaling-peer-port

signaling-peer-portTo configure an H.323 or SIP adjacency to use the given remote signaling-peer’s port, use the signaling-peer-port command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

signaling-peer-port port-num

no signaling-peer-port

Syntax Description

Command Default By default, this command assumes that port-num is 5060.



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to use port 123 on the signaling peer:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# signaling-peer-port 123

The following example shows how to configure the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to port 123 as the signaling peer’s port:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# signaling-peer-port 123

Related Commands

port-num Specifies the number of the signaling port. Range is 1 to 65535.



Command Description

signaling-peer Configures an H.323 or SIP adjacency to use the given remote signaling-peer.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands signaling-port

signaling-portTo define the local port of signaling address of an H.323 or SIP adjacency, use the signaling-port command in the appropriate configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

signaling-port port-num

no signaling-port

Syntax Description

Command Default port-num: 5060



Command History


The SBE will listen on this port for inbound call signaling from the adjacency. The port will also be appended to the SBE’s contact header on outbound SIP requests and responses.

Examples The following example shows how to configure the SIP adjacency SipToIsp42 to listen on signaling port 5000:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# signaling-port 5000

Related Commands

port-num Specifies the number of the signaling peer. Range is 1 to 65535.



Command Description

signaling-address ipv4 Configures a SIP adjacency to use the given remote signaling-peer.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip

sipTo create the SIP configuration mode, use the sip command in SBE configuration mode. To remove the DBE entity, use the no form of this command.

sip

no sip




Command History


host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip dns

sip dnsTo enter the SIP DNS configuration mode, use the sip dns command in the SBE configuration mode. To exit this mode, use the exit command.

sip dns




Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure limits on DNS entries:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip dnshost1/Admin(config-sbe-dns)#

Related Commands



Command Description

cache-lifetime Configures the lifetime of any DNS entry.

cache-limit Configures the maximum number of entries that are permitted in the DNS cache.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip encryption key

sip encryption keyTo configure a global encryption key on a SIP Interconnection Border Control Function (IBCF) adjacency, use the sip encryption key command in the SIP adjacency mode. To deconfigure the global encryption key, use the no form of this command.

sip encryption key key

no sip encryption key key

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the sip encryption key command is used to configure a global encryption key on a SIP IBCF adjacency:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# encryption key mykey

Related Commands

key Specifies the encryption key.



Command Description

sip inherit profile Configures a global inherit profile in the SIP adjacency mode.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip header-profile

sip header-profile To configure a header profile in the mode of an SBE entity, use the sip header-profile command in SBE configuration mode. To remove the method profile, use the no form of this command.

sip header-profile profile-name

no sip method-profile

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the sip header-profile command configures a method profile with the name of test1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip header-profile test1

profile-name Specifies the name of the method profile. If you enter the name default, the default profile is configured.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip home network identifier

sip home network identifierTo configure a home network identifier on all IBCF adjacencies, use the sip home network identifier command in the SBE cconfiguration mode. To deconfigure the home network identifier, use the no form of this command.

sip home network identifier network-name

no sip home network identifier

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the home network identifier command is used to configure a home network identifier on all IBCF adjacencies:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip home network identifier myhome.com

Related Commands

network-name Specifies the name of the home network identifier.



Command Description

sip visited network identifier

Configures a visited network identifier on a SIP Proxy-Call Session Control Function (P-CSCF) adjacency.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip hunting-trigger

sip hunting-triggerTo configure failure return codes to trigger hunting, use the sip hunting-trigger command in the SBE configuration mode.The no form of the command clears all error codes.

If you enter no hunting-trigger x y, then just codes x and y are removed from the configured list.

sip hunting-trigger error-codes

no sip hunting-trigger error-codes

Syntax Description


Command Modes SBE configuration(config-sbc-sbe)

Command History

Usage Guidelines If you enter hunting-trigger x followed by hunting-trigger y, the value of x is replaced with y.

To set both x and y to be hunting triggers, you must enter hunting-trigger x y.

To use this command, you must be in the correct configuration mode and submode.

The "Examples" section shows the hierarchy of modes and submodes required to run the command.

Examples The following example shows how to configure SIP to retry routing if it receives a 415 (media unsupported) or 480 (temporarily unavailable) error:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin (config-sbc-sbe)# sip hunting trigger 416 480

Related Commands

error-codes Signifies a space-separated list of SIP numeric error codes.



Command Description

show services sbc sbe hunting-trigger

Shows the the H.323 or SIP hunting triggers at the global level.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sipi

sipiTo configure the SIP-I commands on a SIP adjacency, use the sipi command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the SIP-I commands, use the no form of this command.

sipi passthrough

no sipi passthrough

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the sipi command is used to configure a SIP adjacency for SIP-I passthrough:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# sipi passthrough

Related Commands

passthrough Configures a SIP adjacency for SIP-I passthrough.



Command Description

show services sbcs sbe adjacencies

Lists the adjacencies configured on the SBE.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip inherit profile

sip inherit profileTo configure a global inherit profile, use the sip inherit profile command in adjacency SIP configuration mode. To deconfigure the global inherit profile, use the no form of this command.

sip inherit profile {preset-ibcf-ext-untrusted | preset-ibcf-external | preset-ibcf-internal | preset-p-cscf-access | preset-p-cscf-core | preset-standard-non-ims}

no sip inherit profile

Syntax Description



SBE configuration(config-sbc-sbe)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how the sip inherit profile command is used to configure a P-CSCF-access inherit profile on a SIP adjacency:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# inherit profile preset-p-cscf-access

The following example shows how to configure a P-CSCF-access default profile:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip inherit profile preset-p-cscf-access

preset-ibcf-ext-untrusted Specifies a preset IBCF external untrusted profile.

preset-ibcf-external Specifies a preset IBCF external profile.

preset-ibcf-internal Specifies a preset IBCF internal profile.

preset-p-cscf-access Specifies a preset P-CSCF-access profile.

preset-p-cscf-core Specifies a preset P-CSCF-core profile.

preset-standard-non-ims Specified a preset standard-non-IMS profile.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip inherit profile


sip timer Enters the mode of a SIP timer function.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip max-connections

sip max-connectionsTo configure the maximum number of SIP connections that will be made to each remote address, use the sip max-channels command in SBE configuration mode. To set this to an unlimited number of connections, use the no form of this command.

sip max-connections number-of-connections

no sip max-connections number-of-connections

Syntax Description


Command Modes SBE configuration(config-sbc-sbe)

Command History



host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip max-connections 1

Related Commands

number-of-connections The maximum number of connections.



Command Description





OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip method-profile

sip method-profile To configure a method profile in the mode of an SBE entity, use the sip method-profile command in SBE configuration mode. To remove the method profile, use the no form of this command.

sip method-profile profile-name

no sip method-profile

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the sip method-profile command configures a method profile with the name of test1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip method-profile test1

profile-name Specifies the name of the method profile. If you enter the name default, the default profile is configured. This profile is used for all adjacencies that do not have a specific profile configured.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip option-profile

sip option-profile To configure an option profile in the mode of an SBE entity for a SIP option whitelist or blacklist profile, use the sip option-profile command in SBE configuration mode. To remove the option profile, use the no form of this command.

sip option-profile {profile-name | default}

no sip option-profile {profile-name | default}

Syntax Description


Command Modes SBE configuration

Command History



Use the sip option-profile command to enter SBE SIP option configuration mode.

If you use the default keyword, the default profile is configured. This profile is used for all adjacencies which do not have a specific profile configured.

Examples The following example shows how to configure an option profile with the name of test1.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip method-profile test1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-opt)#

profile name Name of the method profile.

default Configures the default option profile.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip option-profile


blacklist Configures SIP header or method blacklist profiles on a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) message.

description Configures the description for the SIP header-profile or SIP method-profile.

method Adds a method with a specified name to a SIP message profile.

pass-body Permits SIP message bodies to pass through [for non-vital SIP methods accepted by a method profile] in the SIP method profile mode of an SBE entity.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip parameter-profile

sip parameter-profile To configure a parameter profile for a method profile in the mode of an SBE entity, use the sip parameter-profile command in SBE configuration mode. To remove the parameter profile, use the no form of this command.

sip parameter-profile profile-name

no sip parameter-profile profile-name

Syntax Description


Command Modes SBE configuration

Command History


The following example shows how to configure a parameter profile with the name of paramprof1:

host1/Admin# confhost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip parameter-profile paramprof1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm)# parameter userhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-prm-ele)# action add-not-present value phone

Related Commands

profile name Name of the parameter profile.



Command Description

sip-method profile Configures a method-profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip ping-support

sip ping-supportTo allow SIP ping support, use the sip ping-support command in SBE configuration mode. To disable SIP ping-support, use the no form of this command.

sip ping-support

no sip ping-support


Command Default Ping support is disabled.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure SIP ping support:

host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip ping-support

Related Commands



Command Description

sip inherit profile Configures a global inherit profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip timer

sip timerTo enter the mode of the SIP timer function, use the sip timer command in SBE configuration mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

sip timer

no sip timer




Command History


Examples The following example shows how to enter the SIP timer submode:

host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)

Related Commands



Command Description

sip inherit profile Configures a global inherit profile.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands sip visited network identifier

sip visited network identifierTo configure a visited network identifier on a SIP P-CSCF adjacency, use the sip visited network identifier command in SBE configuration mode. To deconfigure the visited network identifier, use the no form of this command.

sip visited network identifier network-name

no sip visited network identifier

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to use the sip visited network identifier command to configure a visited network identifier on a P-CSCF-access adjacency:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip SipToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbe-adj-sip)# sip visited network identifier cisco.com2

Related Commands

network-name Specifies the name of the visited network identifier.



Command Description

sip home network identifier

Configures a home network identifier on all IBCF adjacencies.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands snmp-server enable traps sbc

snmp-server enable traps sbc To enable all SBC notification types, use the snmp-server enable traps sbc command in global configuration mode without keywords. To disable all SBC notification types, use the no form of this command without keywords.

snmp-server enable traps sbc [adj-status | blacklist | congestion-alarm | h248-ctrlr-status | media-source | radius-conn-status | sla-violation | svc-state ]

no snmp-server enable traps sbc [adj-status | blacklist | congestion-alarm | h248-ctrlr-status | media-source | radius-conn-status | sla-violation | svc-state ]

Syntax Description

Command Default Disable all SBC related traps.

Command Modes Global configuration

Command History


Use the snmp-server enable traps sbc command by itself to enable or disable all of the SNMP traps. Use specific keywords to enable or disable specific SNMP traps.

After you enable the trap, you will need to specify the recipient of a SNMP notification operation with the snmp-server host command. For information about that command, see the Cisco IOS Release 12.2 SR Command References at http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122sr/cr/index.htm.

Examples The following example shows how to enable only the SNMP blacklist notification:

Router/Admin# configureRouter/Admin(config)# snmp-server enable traps sbc blacklist

adj-status Enable SNMP SBC Adjacency Status traps.

blacklist Enable SNMP SBC Blacklist traps.

congestion-alarm Enable SNMP SBC Congestion Alarm traps.

h248-ctrlr-status Enable SNMP SBC H.248 Controller Status traps.

media-source Enable SNMP SBC Media Source Alert traps.

radius-conn-status Enable SNMP SBC Radius Connect Status traps.

sla-violation Enable SNMP SBC Sla Violation traps.

svc-state Enable SNMP SBC Service state traps.



http://www.cisco.com/univercd/cc/td/doc/product/software/ios122sr/cr/index.htm


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands statistics-setting

statistics-settingTo enable summary statistics or detailed response codes statistics recording for an SIP adjacency, use the statistics-setting command in the Adjacency SIP configuration mode.

statistics-setting summary/detail

Syntax Description

Command Default Disabled.


Command History


When changing statistics-setting command from detailed to summary, the detailed statistics will be lost.

Examples The following example shows how to enable summary statistics for an SIP adjacency:

host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency sip sipGWhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# statistics-setting summary host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-sip)# end

Related Commands

summary Displays

detail



show services sbc sbe sip-method-stats

Shows the number of each category of responses (1xx,2xx,3xx,4xx,5xx,5xx) for a given SIP method.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands tcp (blacklist)

tcp (blacklist)To enter the mode for configuring blacklisting for TCP protocol only, use the tcp command in the SBE blacklist IPv4 configuration mode.

tcp port number

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to enter the mode for configuring blacklisting for TCP protocol only:

host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# tcp 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-tcp)#

Related Commands

port number Port number to blacklist. Range is 0-65535.









OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands tcp-connect-timeout

tcp-connect-timeoutTo configure the time that SBC waits for a SIP TCP connection to a remote peer to complete before failing that connection, use the tcp-connect-timeout command in SIP timer mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

tcp-connect-timeout interval

no tcp-connect-timeout

Syntax Description

Command Default Default interval is 30000 milliseconds


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set the TCP connection timeout to 30 seconds:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# tcp-connect-timeout 30000

Related Commands

interval Specifies the time, in milliseconds, that the SIP TCP connection to a remote peer stays alive before timing out.



Command Description

tcp-idle-timeout Configures the length of time that the TCP connection should stay active when in the idle state.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands tcp-idle-timeout

tcp-idle-timeoutTo configure the length of time that the TCP connection should stay active when in the idle state, use the tcp-idle-timeout command in SIP timer mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

tcp-idle-timeout interval

no tcp-idle-timeout

Syntax Description

Command Default Default value is 120000 ms (2 minutes).


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the minimum TCP idle timeout value to 10000 ms:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)#s behost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# tcp-idle-timeout 10000

Related Commands

interval Specifies the minimum time, in milliseconds, that the TCP connection stays active when it is not processing any traffic. After this time, the TCP connection closes. Range is 1 to 4294967295 ms.

Note The value for this command might not be precise since the idle timers are checked every 12 seconds.



Command Description

tcp-connect-timeout Configures the time that SBC waits for a SIP TCP connection to a remote peer to complete before failing that connection.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands tech-prefix

tech-prefixTo configure the RAS tech prefix on an H.323 adjacency, use the tech-prefix command in adjacency H.323 configuration mode. To deconfigure RAS Tech Prefix, use the no form of this command.

tech-prefix tech-prefix name

no tech-prefix tech-prefix name

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the tech-prefix command is used to configure RAS tech prefix on an H.323 adjacency named H323ToIsp42:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 H323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# tech-prefix 2334

Related Commands

tech-prefix name Specifies the name of the tech prefix. Use a combination of the numbers from 0-9 and the special characters star (*), hash (#), and comma (,).



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands time-offset

time-offsetTo configure the number of hours and minutes that the desired time zone is ahead of or behind the local time, use the time-offset command in the SBE configuration mode. To remove the time-zone offset, use the no form of this command.

time-offset hour hour min min [negative]

no time-offset

Syntax Description

Command Default Default is positive offset.


Command History


Without this command the time-offset specified by the timezone-offset command under the SBE configuration submode is unused.

Examples The following example shows how to specify the time-offset by the timezone-offset comand for 2 hours 4 minutes negative:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# time-offset hour 2 min 4 negativecfg sbe time offset hour 2cfg sbe time offset minute 4cfg sbe time offset sign 1cfg sbc sbe, sbc name test, offset hour 2 offset min 4 sign 1

Related Commands

hour Range: h: -23 to +23

min Range: m:-59 to +59

negative Optional. Specifies behind the local time.



Command Description

use-time-offset Uses the time-offset specifiedby the time-offset comand.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands timeout

timeoutTo define the length of time that packets from the source are blocked if the number of authentication requests exceed the set limit, use the timeout command in blacklist reason mode. The no form of this command releases the limit duration for blacklisting the source.

timeout time-period

no timeout

Syntax Description

Command Default • The address-default value defaults to its initial settings. The port-default values default to zero.

• If this field is omitted on explicit ports, it defaults to the value given in the port-default for this address.

• If this field is omitted on explicit addresses, this field defaults to the value in the address-default for this address.

• If this field is omitted for VPN, it defaults to the value for global addresses.

• If this field is omitted for the global address space, it defaults to the initial settings.

Command Modes Blacklist adress-default submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-addr-default-reason)

Blacklist global submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-global-reason)

Blacklist ipv4 submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)

Blacklist vpn submode (config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn-reason)

Command History


Examples The following command configures a new blacklist on the SBE to affect all packets arriving from address 125.12.12.15 for three minutes:

time-period Duration for which the source is blacklisted after activation of blacklisting.

• 0 = source not blacklisted

• never = blacklisting is permanent

• number { milliseconds | seconds | minutes | hours | days }

Note Period must be less than 23 days.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands timeout

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 125.12.12.15 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# reason authentication-failure host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)# timeout 180 seconds host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)# exit












OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands transcode-deny

transcode-denyTo forbid transcoding for an entry in the admission control table, use the transcode-deny command in CAC table entry configuration mode. To allow transcoding for this entry in the admission control table, use the no form of this command.

transcode-deny

no transcode-deny

Syntax Description No default behavior or values

Command Default By default, transcoding for this entry in the admission control table is allowed.


Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure the entry to forbid transcoding in the new admission control table MyCacTable:

host1/Admin# confighost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# cac-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# cac-table MyCacTable host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy)# match-type dst-prefix host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable)# entry 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-cacpolicy-cactable-entry)# transcode-deny

Related Commands



Command Description

transcoder Configure that the media gateway is a transcoder.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands transcoder

transcoderTo configure that the media gateway is a transcoder, use the transcoder command in media gateway codecs configuration mode. To return to the default behavior, use the no form of this command.

transcoder

no transcoder

Syntax Description No default behavior or values

Command Default By default, this command assumes the media gateway has no transcoding features.

Command Modes Media gateway codecs configuration (config-sbc-sbe-mg-codecs)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how to set media gateway 10.0.0.1 to be a transcoder:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# media-gateway ipv4 10.0.0.1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-mg)# codecs m=audio 1234 RTP/AVP 0 2 8 18,a=rtpmap:0 PCMU/8000,a=rtpmap:a=rtpmap:8 PCMA/8000,a=rtpmap:18 G729/80002 G72 6-32/8000,a=rtpmap:8 PCMA/8000,a=rtpmap:18 G729/8000 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-mg-codecs)# transcoder

Related Commands



Command Description

transcode-deny Forbids transcoding for an entry in the admission control table.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands transport (SBE H.248)

transport (SBE H.248)To configure an SBE to use a transport for H.248 communications when acting as a media gateway controller, use the transport command in H.248 control address mode. To delete a given IPv4 H.248 transport, use the no form of this command.

transport [tcp | udp]

no transport [tcp | udp]

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to configure an SBE to use udp transport:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbchost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# control address h248 index 0host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-ctrl-h248)# transport udp

Related Commands

udp Configures the UDP transport for H.248 signaling.

vrf vrf name Configures the VRF name for H.248 association.



Command Description






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands transport tcp

transport tcpTo configure a DBE to use TCP for H.248 control signaling with the specified H.248 controller, use the transport tcp command in VDBE h248 mode. The no form of this command reverts to the default.

transport tcp

no transport tcp


Command Default Default is UDP.

Command Modes VDBE h248 (config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)

Command History

Usage Guidelines The no transport tcp command reverts to the default, UDP. You must use the no attach controllers command before using the no transport tcp command.

Examples The following command configures the H.248 controller with index 1 to use TCP as a transport:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# controller h248 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# transport tcphost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# exit

Related Commands



Command Description




transport udp Configures a DBE to use UDP.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands transport udp

transport udpTo configure a DBE to use UDP for H.248 control signaling with the specified H.248 controller, use the transport udp command in VDBE h248 mode. The no form of this command reverts to the default.

transport udp

no transport udp


Command Default Default is UDP.

Command Modes VDBE h248(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)

Command History

Usage Guidelines Not applicable.

Examples The following command configures the H.248 controller with index 1 to use TCP as a transport:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# controller h248 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-h248)# transport udphost1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# exit

Related Commands



Command Description




transport tcp Configures a DBE to use TCP.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands trigger-period

trigger-periodTo define the period over which events are considered, use the trigger-period command in blacklist reason mode. For more detailed information, see the related trigger-size command description.

The no form of this command releases the previously configured trigger period in which events should be considered.

trigger-period time

no trigger-period

Syntax Description


• If this field is omitted on explicit ports, it defaults to the value given in the port-default for this address.

• If this field is omitted on explicit addresses, this field defaults to the value in the address-default for this address.

• If this field is omitted for VPN, it defaults to the value for global addresses.






Command History


time The number of milliseconds for the trigger period. This can be any value from 0 to 65535.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands trigger-period

Examples The following command configures the source to be blacklisted if authentication failures have occurred at a recent steady rate of over 200 per second (or 40 in a 100-ms burst):

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 125.12.12.15 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# reason authentication-failure host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)# trigger-period 100 milliseconds host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)# exit












OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands trigger-size

trigger-sizeTo define the allowable number of events from the specified source before blacklisting is triggered, and to block all packets from reaching the source, use the trigger-size command in blacklist reason mode.

The no form of this command releases the previously configured number of allowable events before blacklisting is triggered.

trigger-size number

no trigger-size

Syntax Description


• If this field is omitted on explicit ports, it defaults to the value given in the port-default for the given address.

• If this field is omitted on explicit addresses, it defaults to the value given in the address-default for the given address.

• If this field is omitted for VPN, it defaults to the values of global addresses.






Command History

Usage Guidelines The number of events recorded decays linearly to zero to give a leaky bucket average over the trigger period. The steady-state maximum event rate therefore equals this trigger size divided by the trigger period. See also the description of the trigger-period command. The maximum number of events in a much shorter period is this trigger size.


number The minimum number of consecutive events that must occur faster on average than the trigger rate to activate the blacklist. Can be any value from 0 to 65535.




OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands trigger-size

Examples The following command configures the source to be blacklisted if a burst of more than 20 authentication failures enter within a time period smaller than the trigger period:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mysbchost1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 125.12.12.15 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# reason authentication-failure host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)# trigger-size 20 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-reason)# exit












OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands udp (blacklist)

udp (blacklist)To enter the mode for configuring blacklisting for UDP protocol only, use the udp command in the SBE blacklist IPv4 configuration mode.

udp port number

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how to enter the mode for configuring blacklisting for UDP protocol only:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# ipv4 1.1.1.1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4)# udp 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-ipv4-udp)#

Related Commands

port number Port number to blacklist. Range is 0-65535.









OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands udp-first-retransmit-interval

udp-first-retransmit-interval To configure the time that SBC waits for a UDP response or ACK before sending a retransmission of the relevant signal, use the udp-first-retransmit-interval command in SIP timer mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

udp-first-retransmit-interval interval

no udp-first-retransmit-interval interval

Syntax Description

Command Default Default interval is 500 milliseconds


Command History

Usage Guidelines If the SBC continues to fail to get a response, then subsequent retransmission intervals are doubled each time until they reach the udp-max-retransmit-interval duration. The SBC will cease retransmitting the request and time out the signal if 64 times this duration passes without receipt of a response/ACK.

This timer interval corresponds to the T1 interval detailed in RFC 3261, section 17.1.1.1.


Examples The following command configures the SBC to send the first UDP retransmission after waiting for 1 second.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# udp-first-retransmit-interval 1000host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# exit

Related Commands

interval The time to wait, in milliseconds, before sending the first retransmission of a UDP signal.



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands udp-max-retransmit-interval

udp-max-retransmit-interval To configure the maximum interval at which the SBC will retransmit, use the udp-max-retransmit-interval command inSIP timer mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

udp-max-retransmit-interval interval

no udp-max-retransmit-interval interval

Syntax Description

Command Default Default interval is 4 seconds.


Command History

Usage Guidelines If the SBC continues to fail to get a response, then subsequent retransmission intervals are doubled each time until they reach the udp-max-retransmit-interval duration. The SBC will cease retransmitting the request and time out the signal if 64 times this duration passes without receipt of a response/ACK.

This timer interval corresponds to the T1 interval detailed in RFC 3261, section 17.1.1.1.


Examples The following command sets the maximum retransmission interval to 8 seconds:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# udp-max-retransmit-interval 8000host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# exit

Related Commands

interval The maximum retransmission interval, in milliseconds.



Command Description

udp-response-linger-period Configures the period for which SBC will retain negative UDP responses to INVITE requests.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands udp-response-linger-period

udp-response-linger-period To configure the period for which SBC will retain negative UDP responses to INVITE requests, use the udp-response-linger-period command in SIP timer mode. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.

udp-response-linger-period interval

no udp-response-linger-period interval

Syntax Description

Command Default Default interval is 32 seconds.


Command History


Examples The following command sets negative INVITE responses to be retained for 10 seconds:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# sip timerhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# udp-response-linger-period 10000host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-sip-tmr)# exit

Related Commands

interval The time to retain negative INVITE responses, in milliseconds.



Command Description

udp-max-retransmit-interval Configures the maximum interval at which the SBC will retransmit.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands unexpected-source-alerting

unexpected-source-alertingTo enable the generation of alerts when media packets for a call are received from an unexpected source address and port, use the unexpected-source-alerting command in VDBE configuration mode. Use the no form of this command to delete the unexpected-source-alerting.

unexpected-source-alerting

no unexpected-source-alerting


Command Default If the unexpected-source-alerting command is not specified, unexpected source alerting is disabled.


Command History

Usage Guidelines The vdbe unexpected-source-alerting command should be enabled only on trusted networks, where any occurrence of packets from an unexpected source might indicate a threat to network security.

Alerts on the same flow and the total number of alerts reported at any one time are both rate-limited to ensure management systems are not flooded with reports. (As a result, there is not a one-to-one correspondence between alerts and incorrect packets.)

Diagnosing and resolving the issue of rogue packets is beyond the scope of SBC function; SBC simply serves as the messenger to notify you of the existence of the rogue packets.

Any and all packets from unexpected sources are dropped.

Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called mySbc, enters into DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, and enables the generation of alerts when unexpected source address packets are received by a virtual data border element (vDBE):

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# unexpected-source-alerting host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# exit

Related Commands



Command Description

vdbe Enters into VDBE configuration submode.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands use-any-local-port

use-any-local-portTo configure a DBE to use any available local port when connecting to the default Media Gateway Control (MGC), use the use-any-local-port command in VDBE configuration bmode. To disable this configuration, use the no form of this command.

use-any-local-port

no use-any-local-port


Command Default The default behavior is to use any local port.


Command History

Usage Guidelines The local port cannot be modified once any controller has been configured on the vDBE. You must delete the controller before you can modify or configure the local port.

Note Do not use the use-any-local-port command when there is a redundant SBC because the connection to the MGC may be lost with an SBC switch over.

Examples The following example creates a DBE service on an SBC called “mySbc,” enters into SBC-DBE configuration and VDBE configuration modes, and configures the DBE to use any local port:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# use-any-local-port host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# exit

Related Commands



Command Description

local-port Configures a DBE to use a specific local port when connecting to the default Media Gateway Control (MGC).


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands use-time-offset

use-time-offsetUse the time-offset specifiedby the timezone-offset comand. To disable using the time-offset specified by the timezone-offset comand, use the no form of this command.

use-time-offset time-offset

no use-time-offset




Command History


Without this command the time-offset specified by the timezone-offset command under the SBE configuration submode is unused.

Examples The following example shows how to configure the destination adjacency of an entry in the new routing table MyRtgTable to softswitch1:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-dst-address-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# use-time-offset

Related Commands



Command Description

timezone-offset Configures the number of hours and minutes that the desired time zone is ahead of or behind the local time.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands vdbe

vdbeTo enter into VDBE configuration submode, use the vdbe command in the DBE entity in SBC-DBE configuration mode. To delete the entire virtual data border element (vDBE) from the running configuration, use the no form of this command

vdbe global

no vdbe global

Syntax Description



Command History

Usage Guidelines In the intial release only one VDBE (the global VDBE) is supported, and DBE resources cannot be partitioned. As such, the vdbe name is not required. If specified it must be global.

Examples The following command enters the configuration-sbc-dbe submode.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# dbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe)# vdbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe)# global host1/Admin(config-sbc-dbe-vdbe-global)#

Related Commands

global Only one VDBE can be configured. This is given the name global. If specified, the VDBE name must be global. If not specified, global is assumed.



Command Description

dbe .Enters the configuration-sbc-dbe submode.


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands vpn

vpnTo enter the mode for configuring the event limits for a given VPN, use the vpn command in the SBE blacklist configuration mode.

vpn word

Syntax Description



Command History


Examples The following example shows how the vpn command is used to enter the mode for configuring the event limits for a given VPN:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# blacklist host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist)# vpn testhost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-blacklist-vpn)#

Related Commands

word Optional. VPN name or default for the global VPN. Maximum size is 80 characters.



Command Description






OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands vpn


Lists the explicitly configured limits, showing only the sources configured.



Command Description


OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands vrf

vrfTo configure an H.323 or SIP adjacency as tied to a specific VPN, use the vrf command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

vrf vrf_name

no vrf

Syntax Description




Command History


Examples The following example shows how to assign the H.323 adjacency h323ToIsp42 to VRF vpn3:

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# adjacency h323 h323ToIsp42host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-adj-h323)# vrf vpn3

Related Commands

vrf_name Specifies the VRF of this adjacency.



Command Description



OL-13499-04

Chapter 39 Cisco Session Border Controller Commands weight

weight To assign a weight to this route, use the weight command in RTG routing table configuration entry configuration mode. To remove this configuration, use the no form of this command.

weight weight

no weight weight

Syntax Description

Command Default The command default is 1.

Command Modes RTG routing table configuration entry (config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)

Command History


Examples The following example shows how.

host1/Admin# configurehost1/Admin(config)# sbc mySbc host1/Admin(config-sbc)# sbe host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe)# call-policy-set 1host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# rtg-least-cost-table MyRtgTablehost1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable)# entry 1 host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy-rtgtable-entry)# weight 33host1/Admin(config-sbc-sbe-rtgpolicy)# end

Related Commands

weight Range: [1-65535]



Command Description



OL-13499-04


cisco session border controller commands · cisco 7600 series routers session border controller...

Documents